Brocade Communications Systems StoreFabric SN6500B Command Reference Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Brocade Communications Systems Manuals
  4. Software
  5. StoreFabric SN6500B
  6. Command reference manual

Brocade Communications Systems StoreFabric SN6500B Command Reference Manual

Brocade fabric os command reference v7.1.0 (53-1002746-01, march 2013)
Hide thumbs Also See for StoreFabric SN6500B:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Table Of Contents
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Troubleshooting Manual , Administrator's Manual
53-1002746-01
®
14 December 2012
Fabric OS

Command Reference

Supporting Fabric OS v7.1.0

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Brocade Communications Systems StoreFabric SN6500B

Summary of Contents for Brocade Communications Systems StoreFabric SN6500B

  • Page 1: Command Reference

    53-1002746-01 ® 14 December 2012 Fabric OS Command Reference Supporting Fabric OS v7.1.0...
  • Page 2 Copyright © 1999- 2012 Brocade Communications Systems, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Brocade, the B-wing symbol, BigIron, DCX, Fabric OS, FastIron, NetIron, SAN Health, ServerIron, and TurboIron are registered trademarks, and AnyIO, Brocade Assurance, Brocade NET Health, Brocade One, CloudPlex, MLX, VCS, VDX, and When the Mission Is Critical, the Network Is Brocade are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems, Inc., in the United States and/or in other countries.
  • Page 3 Document History Document title Publication number Summary of changes Publication date Fabric OS Reference v2.0 53-0001487-03 September 1999 Fabric OS Reference v2.2 53-0001558-02 May 2000 Fabric OS Reference v2.3 53-0000067-02 December 2000 Fabric OS Reference v3.0 53-0000127-03 July 2001 Fabric OS Reference v2.6 53-0000194-02 December 2001 Fabric OS Reference v3.0 / v4.0...
  • Page 4 Document title Publication number Summary of changes Publication date Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1000599-03 Corrections and updates to 31 July 2008 commands. Removed “Brocade Optional Features” from Preface. Added trademark note to Preface. Cosmetic edits throughout. Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1001115-01 Added 3 new commands to August 2008...
  • Page 5 Document title Publication number Summary of changes Publication date Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002147-01 Added 20 new commands. April 2011 Modified 102 commands to support Fabric OS v7.0.0 features. Removed 40 commands. 16 commands have deprecated command options. Miscellaneous edits to ~250 additional commands.
  • Page 6 Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 7: Table Of Contents

    Contents About This Document In this chapter ..........xix How this document is organized.
  • Page 8 ......... . . 50 aliCreate .
  • Page 9 ........128 chassisShow .
  • Page 10 ........277 fabricShow .
  • Page 11 ......... 365 ficonHelp .
  • Page 12 ........453 ifModeShow .
  • Page 13 ......... 554 nodeFind .
  • Page 14 ........673 portCfgFaultDelay ........676 portCfgFec .
  • Page 15 ........766 portLogShow .
  • Page 16 ........923 secPolicyDump ........926 secPolicyFCSMove .
  • Page 17 ........1030 switchStatusShow ........1032 switchUptime .
  • Page 18 Chapter 3 Primary FCS Commands ........1125 In this chapter .

  • Page 19: About This Document

    About This Document In this chapter • How this document is organized ........xix •...
  • Page 20 TABLE 1 Supported hardware for Fabric OS v7.1 (Continued) Hardware Platform Description ASIC Brocade 5410 8 Gbit 12-port embedded switch Goldeneye 2 Brocade 5424 8 Gbit 24-port embedded switch Goldeneye 2 Brocade 5450 8 Gbit 24-port embedded switch Goldeneye 2 Brocade 5460 8 Gbit 24-port embedded switch Goldeneye 2...

  • Page 21: What Is New In This Document

    What is new in this document The Fabric OS Command Reference v7.1.0Command supports the current Fabric OS release and the new hardware platforms. The Fabric OS command RBAC availability and Admin Domain type table in the appendix chapter is updated. The table lists the Admin domain, Context and Switch type for the commands. New commands The following commands and associated man pages have been added since the publication of the Fabric OS v7.1.0 release of this manual:...
  • Page 22 The following commands and associated man pages have been corrected or updated with additional information: • - Added support for TACACS+. aaaConfig • - Added options to save the configured F_Ports, delete the backup mappings for the given N_Port, and display the saved mappings for the given N_Port. •...

  • Page 23: Deprecated Commands

    • - Command is supported in Access Gateway mode. Rewrote the description for this portCfgFec command to better capture the feature and what it does. Updated examples to reflect latest output and documented the FEC states. • - Added options , and portCfgLongDistance -distance...

  • Page 24: Document Conventions

    • Automatic page breaks in CLI command output displays are being phased out. Use the more option to display command output with page breaks: command | more. Do not use the more option in conjunction with help pages. Executing help command | more will display a command “no manual entry for command”...

  • Page 25: Notes, Cautions, And Warnings

    Notes, cautions, and warnings The following notices and statements are used in this manual. They are listed below in order of increasing severity of potential hazards. NOTE A note provides a tip, guidance, or advice, emphasizes important information, or provides a reference to related information.

  • Page 26: Additional Information

    Corporation Referenced Trademarks and Products Microsoft Corporation Windows, Windows NT, Internet Explorer NetApp NetApp Lifetime Key Manager (LKM) Oracle Corporation Oracle, Java Symantec Veritas NetBackup 6.5 Enterprise Server Red Hat, Inc. Linux Thales Thales e-Security keyAuthority (TEKA) Additional information This section lists additional Brocade and industry-specific documentation that you may find helpful. Brocade resources To get up-to-the-minute information, join MyBrocade at no cost to obtain a user ID and password: http://my.brocade.com...

  • Page 27: Document Feedback

    supportSave command output Detailed description of the problem, including the switch or fabric behavior immediately following the problem, and specific questions Description of any troubleshooting steps already performed and the results Serial console and Telnet session logs syslog message logs •...
  • Page 28 xxviii Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 29: Using Fabric Os Commands

    Chapter Using Fabric OS Commands In this chapter • Using the command line interface........1 •...

  • Page 30: Understanding Virtual Fabric Restrictions

    Understanding Role-Based Access Control Understanding Role-Based Access Control Fabric OS implements Role-Based Access Control (RBAC) to control access to all Fabric OS operations. Seven predefined roles are supported, as described in Table 2. These predefined role definitions are guided by perceived common operational situations and the operations and effects a role is permitted to have on a fabric and individual fabric elements.

  • Page 31: Understanding Admin Domain Restrictions

    Understanding Virtual Fabric restrictions Create and register recovery share. Encryption group- and clustering-related operations. Manage keys, including creation, recovery, and archiving functions. • Admin and FabricAdmin Users authenticated with the Admin and FabricAdmin RBAC roles may perform routine encryption switch management functions including the following: Configure virtual devices and crypto LUN.
  • Page 32 Understanding Admin Domain restrictions • Accounts with user or admin permissions can be granted chassis permissions. A user account with the chassis role can execute chassis-level commands at the user RBAC access level. An admin account with the chassis role can execute chassis-level commands at the admin RBAC access level.
  • Page 33 Determining RBAC permissions for a specific command command in the zoning class. This means that the user with the SwitchAdmin role is not allowed to create zones. To allow this user to create a zone, you must change the user’s access to any of the roles that have “observe and modify”...
  • Page 34 Determining RBAC permissions for a specific command Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 35: Fabric Os Commands

    Chapter Fabric OS Commands aaaConfig Manages RADIUS, LDAP, and TACACS+ configuration information. SYNOPSIS aaaconfig aaaconfig --show aaaconfig --add | --change server -conf radius | ldap | tacacs+ [-p port] [-d domain] [-t timeout] [-s secret] [-a chap | pap | peap-mschapv2] aaaconfig --remove server -conf radius | ldap | tacacs+ aaaconfig --move server -conf radius | ldap | tacacs+ to_position aaaconfig --authspec aaa1[;aaa2 [-backup] [-nologout]...
  • Page 36 aaaConfig The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: server Specifies an IP address or a server name in dot-decimal notation.
  • Page 37 aaaConfig Note that the distinction between protocols is only applicable to the packets between a system and the RADIUS or TACACS+ server. To authenticate a user to the system, a password is always used. Valid protocols are one of the following: Password Authentication Protocol chap Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol...
  • Page 38 aaaConfig "ldap" When "ldap" is specified, the first Active directory (AD) server is contacted. If the AD server is not reachable, the next AD server is contacted. If the authentication fails, the authentication process does not check for the next server in the sequence.
  • Page 39 aaaConfig LDAP CONFIGURATIONS =================== LDAP configuration does not exist. TACACS+ CONFIGURATIONS ===================== TACACS+ configuration does not exist. Primary AAA Service: Switch database Secondary AAA Service: None To move the RADIUS server "radserver" from position 3 to position 1: switch:admin> aaaconfig --move radserver -conf radius 1 To configure the RADIUS server 192.168.233.48 as an LDAP server: switch:admin>...
  • Page 40 aaaConfig To add a TACACS+ server to the configuration: switch:admin> aaaconfig --add 10.17.56.56 -conf tacacs+ \ -protocol pap -s "sharedkey" -t 5 -r 5 -port 49 switch:admin> aaaconfig --authspec tacacs+ switch:admin> aaaconfig --show RADIUS CONFIGURATIONS ===================== RADIUS configuration does not exist. LDAP CONFIGURATIONS =================== LDAP configuration does not exist.
  • Page 41 Manages Admin Domain operations. SYNOPSIS ad --activate ad_id ad --add ad_id [-d "dev_list"] [-s "switch_list"] ad --apply ad --clear [-f] ad --create ad_id [-d "dev_list"] [-s "switch_list"] ad --deactivate ad_id ad --delete ad_id ad --exec ad_id "command_list" ad --remove ad_id [-d "dev_list"] [-s "switch_list"] ad --rename ad_id new_ad_id ad --save ad --select ad_id...
  • Page 42 Before creating Admin Domains, the default zone mode should be set to "No Access". To set the default zone mode to "No Access" execute the following command sequence: switch:admin> ad --select AD0 switch:admin> defzone --noaccess switch:admin> cfgsave Refer to defZone help for more information. All switches, switch ports and devices in the fabric that are not specified in any other Admin Domain are treated as implicit members of AD0.
  • Page 43 --create arguments Creates a new Admin Domain with optionally specified device or switch members. A newly created Admin Domain is in an activated state. It initially contains no zone database. The newly created Admin Domain remains in the transaction buffer until you issue ad --apply or ad --save.
  • Page 44 --show arguments Displays the membership information of the specified Admin Domain or all Admin Domains. When executed in an AD255 context and an Admin Domain name is not specified, all information about all existing Admin Domains is displayed. When executed in an AD0-AD254 context, the command, by default, displays the members of the current Admin Domain's effective configuration, and therefore you cannot specify an ad_id or mode.
  • Page 45 -d "dev_list" Specifies the list of devices in an Admin Domain, in quotation marks. Separate each entry in the device list with a semicolon (;). Valid formats include the following: D,PI Uses existing zone D,PI member types. Benefits include the following: •...
  • Page 46 Displays the Admin Domain configuration stored in persistent memory (defined configuration). Displays the currently enforced Admin Domain configuration currently enforced (effective configuration). EXAMPLES To enable AD5: switch:admin> ad --activate 5 You are about to activate a new admin domain. Do you want to activate '5' admin domain \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To enable AD_13: switch:admin>...
  • Page 47 To deactivate Admin Domain 5: switch:admin> ad --deactivate 5 You are about to deactivate an AD. This operation will fail if an effective zone \ configuration exists in the AD Do you want to deactivate '5' admin domain \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To delete AD13: switch:admin>...
  • Page 48 To display all ADs: switch:admin> ad --show Current AD: 255 : AD255 Transaction buffer configuration: --------------------------------- no configuration Defined configuration: ---------------------- AD: 1 : Active Device WWN members: 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:37; 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:55; Switch port members: 1,0; 1,1; 1,2; 1,3; 1,4; 1,5; 1,6; 1,7; 1,8; 1,9; 1,10; 1,11; 1,12;...
  • Page 49 To display the Admin Domain effective configuration information: switch:admin> ad --show -m 2 Current AD: 255 : AD255 Effective configuration: ------------------------ AD: 1 : Active Device WWN members: 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:37; 21:00:00:80:e5:12:8b:55; Switch port members: 1,0; 1,1; 1,2; 1,3; 1,4; 1,5; 1,6; 1,7; 1,8; 1,9; 1,10; 1,11; 1,12;...
  • Page 50 1,337; ---------------------------- * - Member does not exist + - Member is AD Unaware To abort the Admin Domain management transaction buffer: switch:admin> ad --transabort You are about to abort the outstanding AD transaction. Do you want to abort the AD transaction \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y To display the current Admin Domain transaction: switch:admin>...
  • Page 51 Enables Access Gateway (AG) and manages AG-specific operations. SYNOPSIS ag --help ag --show ag --modeshow | --modeenable | --modedisable ag [--policyenable | --policydisable] policy ag --policyshow ag --mapshow [N_Port] ag [--mapset | --mapadd | --mapdel] N_Port [F_Port1; F_Port2;...] ag [--staticadd | --staticdel ] N_Port [F_Port1; F_Port2;...] ag --pgshow [pgid] ag --pgcreate pgid "N_Port1 [;N_Port2;...]"...
  • Page 52 ag --printalpamap F_Port ag --deletepwwnfromdb PWWN ag --clearalpamap F_Port ag --addwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --delwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --addwwnpgmapping Port_Group "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --delwwnpgmapping Port_Group "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --addwwnfailovermapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all ag --delwwnfailovermapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]"...
  • Page 53 • Manage device WWN to N_Port group mappings. • Manage device WWN failover to N_Ports configured as preferred failover ports. • Enable or disable device WWN mappings. • Configure the reliability limit for the preferred N_Port. • Save the configured F_Ports, static F_Ports for the given N_Port, and F_Ports for which the given N_Port is a preferred one.
  • Page 54 --modedisable Disables Access Gateway mode on a switch. After AG mode is disabled, the switch reboots automatically and comes online with default zone access set to "No Access". In order to merge the switch to a fabric, set the default zone to "All Access"...
  • Page 55 auto Disables the automatic port configuration policy and deletes all associated configuration settings. Disables the advanced device security (ADS) policy and deletes all lists of allowed device WWNs. wwnloadbalance Disables the device WWN load balancing policy. --mapshow [N_Port | device_WWN] Displays the F_Ports that are configured and currently mapped to a given "primary"...
  • Page 56 --pgdel pgid "N_Port1 [; N_Port2;...]" Deletes one or more N_Ports from the specified port group. Deleted ports are added to the default port group "pg0". The port list must be enclosed in quotation marks. Ports must be separated by semicolons. --pgrename pgid newname Replaces the name of an existing port group with the specified new name.
  • Page 57 --pgfnmtov new_tov Displays the fabric name monitoring timeout value in seconds when used without specifying a new value. To change the current value, specify a new timeout value in seconds. The valid range is 30 to 120 seconds. The default value is 120 seconds.
  • Page 58 --prefdel "F_Port [;F_Port2;...]" N_Port Deletes the preferred Secondary N_Port for the specified F_Ports. The list of F_Ports to be deleted from the secondary mapping must be enclosed in double quotation marks. Port numbers must be separated by semicolons. --prefshow Displays the preferred Secondary N_Port for all F_Ports. --adsset "F_Port [;F_Port2;...]"...
  • Page 59 --deletepwwnfromdb PWWN Removes the specified port WWN entry from the database after the host has logged out. --clearalpamap F_Port Clears the ALPA values for the specific F_Port. This command removes the PWWN-to-ALPA-value mapping from the database. --addwwnmapping N_Port "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all Maps one or more device WWNs to a preferred N_Port.
  • Page 60 --wwnmappingdisable "WWN [;WWN2;...]" | --all Disables one or more device WWN mappings. Use this command if you want to disable the mapping action temporarily without making permanent changes to the mappings. The mappings remain disabled until they are re-enabled or deleted. The --all option disables all currently existing device WWN mappings.
  • Page 61 Persistent ALPA : Disabled Static WWN Map : None Port Group information : PG_ID PG_Members PG_Name PG_Mode ---------------------------------------------- 0;1;2;3;8; 9;10;11;32;33; 34;35;36;37;38; ---------------------------------------------- Fabric Information : Attached Fabric Name N_Ports --------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:d6:f8:c9 0;1;2;3;8; 9;10;11 --------------------------------------------- N_Port information : Port PortID Attached PWWN Attached_Switch F-port\ -------------------------------------------------\...
  • Page 62 N-Port F-Port ---------------------------------------------- None None None None None None None None --------------------------------------------- To display the current Access Gateway mode: switch:admin> ag --modeshow Access Gateway mode is enabled. switch:admin> ag --modeshow Access Gateway mode is NOT enabled. AG group policy commands To show current policies: switch:admin>...
  • Page 63 To disable the ADS policy: switch:admin> ag --policydisable ads To enable the WWN load balancing policy: switch:admin> ag --policyenable wwnloadbalance To disable the WWN load balancing policy: switch:admin> ag --policydisable wwnloadbalance AG port mapping commands To display current port mappings and port grouping policies: switch:admin>...
  • Page 64 None SecondFabric 7;8;9 None 7;8;9 5;10;11 None 5;10;11 SecondFabric 12;13 None 12;13 ------------------------------------------------------------------ To delete F_Port 5 that was mapped to N_Port 2: switch:admin> ag --mapdel 2 "5" Preferred N_port is set for F_Port[s] Please delete it before removing primary N_Port ERROR:Unable to remove F_Port[s] from mapping, retry the command switch:admin>...
  • Page 65 _F_Ports _F_Ports --------------------------------------------------- None None --------------------------------------------------- Static N-Port to F-Port Mapping N-Port F-Port ------------------------------------------ ------------------------------------------ AG failover policy commands To display failover policy settings for all N_Ports: switch:admin> ag --failovershow N_Port failover_bit --------------------------- To set and display failover and failback policies on a single port: switch:admin>...
  • Page 66 To set and display failback policy settings on a single port: switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 0 Failback policy cannot be enabled since failover policy is disabled for port 0 switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 2 Failback policy is enabled for port 2 switch:admin> ag --failbackenable 3 Failback on N_Port 3 is not supported switch:admin>...
  • Page 67 To remove the port group with pgid 2: switch:admin> ag --pgremove 2 Port Group 2 has been removed successfully switch:admin> ag --pgshow PG_ID PG_Name PG_Mode N_Ports F_Ports ----------------------------------------------- lb,mfnm 4;5;6 FirstFabric 10;11 ----------------------------------------------- To enable managed fabric name monitoring in port group 3: switch:admin>...
  • Page 68 To delete secondary port mapping for F_Ports 7, 8 and 9: switch:admin> ag --prefdel "7;8;9" 3 Preferred N_Port is deleted successfully \ for the F_Port[s] To set secondary port mapping for F_Ports 7, 8 and 9: switch:admin> ag --prefset "7;8;9" 3 Preferred N_Port is set successfully \ for the F_Port[s ADS Policy commands...
  • Page 69 To enable persistent ALPA in stringent mode: switch:admin> ag --persistentalpaenable 1 -s Persistent ALPA mode is enabled To disable persistent ALPA mode: switch:admin> ag --persistentalpaenable 0 Persistent ALPA mode is enabled To display the ALPA database entries for F_Port 5: switch:admin>...
  • Page 70 To create a WWN to port group mapping for all currently mapped devices (this command does not affect devices not already mapped or connecting later). switch:admin> ag --addwwnpgmapping 4 --all To add port 13 as a preferred failover N_Port for a device: switch:admin>...

  • Page 71: Agautomapbalance

    Backup mapping commands To save the configured, static, and preferred mapping of an N_Port: switch:admin> ag --backupmappingsave 43 Configured,static and preferred mappings have been saved \ for the N_port successfully. To display the saved mappings for the given N_Port: switch:admin> ag --backupmappingshow 43 N_Port : 43 Backed-up Configured F_Ports...
  • Page 72 agAutoMapBalance agAutoMapBalance Controls automatic remapping of F_Ports in AG mode. SYNOPSIS agautomapbalance --enable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --disable [-fport | -nport] [-pg Port_Group_Number | -all] agautomapbalance --force agautomapbalance --show agautomapbalance --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to control the automatic rebalancing of F_Ports for login distribution in the event that an F_Port goes offline or an N_Port comes online.
  • Page 73 agAutoMapBalance -nport Enables automatic login redistribution in the event that one or more N_Ports come online. When automatic login redistribution is enabled, the F_Ports mapped to the current N_Ports are rebalanced among the N_Ports. --disable Disables automatic login redistribution upon removal or addition of a specified port type.
  • Page 74 agAutoMapBalance To disable automatic login redistribution on F_Port offline events: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --disable -fport To enable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on port group 1 in the Access Gateway: switch:admin> agautomapbalance --enable -fport pg 1 To disable automatic login redistribution on F_Ports and N_Ports on all port groups in the Access Gateway: switch:admin>...

  • Page 75: Agshow

    agShow agShow Displays the Access Gateway information registered with the fabric. SYNOPSIS agshow agshow --name ag_name agshow --local DESCRIPTION This command displays the details of the F_Ports and the configured N_Ports in the Access Gateway attached to the fabric. The command output displays the following information. Name The name of the Access Gateway.
  • Page 76 agShow OPERANDS This command has the following optional operands: --name ag_name Displays information regarding a specific Access Gateway that is registered with this fabric. --local Display information regarding all Access Gateways that are locally registered to this switch. EXAMPLES To display the Access Gateway information registered with the fabric: switch:admin>...

  • Page 77: Aliadd

    aliAdd aliAdd Adds a member to a zone alias. SYNOPSIS aliadd "aliName","member[; member...]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone alias. The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command.
  • Page 78 aliCreate aliCreate Creates a zone alias. SYNOPSIS alicreate "aliName","member[; member...]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to create a new zone alias. The zone alias member list must have at least one member (empty lists are not allowed). The alias member list cannot contain another zone alias. Refer to the zoneCreate command for more information on name and member specifications.

  • Page 79: Alidelete

    aliDelete aliDelete Deletes a zone alias. SYNOPSIS alidelete "aliName" DESCRIPTION Use this command to delete a zone alias. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.

  • Page 80: Aliremove

    aliRemove aliRemove Removes a member from a zone alias. SYNOPSIS aliremove "aliName","member[; member...]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone alias. If all members are removed, the zone alias is deleted. This command changes the defined configuration. For the change to become effective, enable the zone configuration with the cfgEnable command.
  • Page 81 aliShow aliShow Displays zone alias information. SYNOPSIS alishow ["pattern"][, mode] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display zone configuration information. Use the pattern operand to display only matching zone alias names in the defined configuration. If no parameters are specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and effective) is displayed.

  • Page 82: Apploginhistory

    appLoginHistory appLoginHistory Displays the history of HTTP login sessions. SYNOPSIS apploginhistory --show apploginhistory --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the history of HTTP login sessions from external management applications such as Brocade Network Advisor or Web Tools. The command displays both current sessions and a history of past sessions.
  • Page 83 appLoginHistory active currently: 2011/10/13-15:51:31.203814, 10.20.10.160, admin, DCFM-HttpConnector/null 2011/10/13-15:51:33.095638, 10.20.10.160, admin, DCFM-HttpConnector/null 2011/10/13-15:52:14.178299, 10.20.10.161, admin, DCFM-HttpConnector/null 2011/10/13-15:53:57.547672, 10.20.10.161, admin, DCFM-HttpConnector/null SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 84: Aptpolicy

    aptPolicy aptPolicy Changes or displays the Advanced Performance Tuning (APT) policy. SYNOPSIS aptpolicy [policy] aptpolicy -ap [ap_policy] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display and change the advanced performance tuning (APT) policies on a switch. Several internal performance tuning parameters can be modified with this command. The default parameters (AP shared Link Policy) are optimized for most SAN applications;...
  • Page 85 aptPolicy This policy optimizes the utilization of the available paths by allowing I/O traffic between different source fabric device (SID) or destination fabric device (DID) pairs to use different paths. As a result, every distinct flow in the fabric can take a different path through the fabric.
  • Page 86 aptPolicy To change the current APT policy to the AP Shared Link Policy: switch:admin> aptpolicy -ap 0 Switch must be disabled in order to modify \ this configuration parameter. To disable the switch, \ use the "switchDisable" command. switch:admin> switchdisable switch:admin>...

  • Page 87: Auditcfg

    auditCfg auditCfg Modifies and displays the audit log filter configuration. SYNOPSIS auditcfg --class audit_class auditcfg --enable | --disable auditcfg --severity severity_level auditcfg --show DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the audit logging and to display the audit log configuration. This command allows you to set filters by configuring certain classes, to add or remove any of the classes in the filter list, to set severity levels for audit messages, and to enable or disable audit filters.

  • Page 88: Auditdump

    auditCfg EXAMPLES To configure the audit log filter: switch:admin> auditcfg --class 2,3,8 Audit filter is configured. To enable audit logging: switch:admin> auditcfg --enable Audit filter is enabled. To display the configuration: switch:admin> auditcfg --show Audit filter is enabled. 2-SECURITY 3-CONFIGURATION 8-CLI Severity level: INFO To disable audit logging and to display the configuration (the filters are unchanged but show the disabled...
  • Page 89 auditDump auditDump Displays or clears the audit log. SYNOPSIS auditdump -s | -show auditdump -c | -clear DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or clear the audit log on the switch. The audit log persistently saves the most recent 256 log entries on the switch. On modular platforms, the entries are not shared across CPs. Each CLI executed on a switch from non-root user account is saved as an audit log.

  • Page 90: Authutil

    authUtil authUtil Displays and sets the authentication configuration. SYNOPSIS authutil authutil --show authutil --set option value authutil --policy -sw option | -dev option authutil --authinit [slot/]port[, [slot/]port...] | allE DESCRIPTION Use this command to display and set local switch authentication parameters. Use --set to change authentication parameters such as protocol, Diffie-Hellman group (DH group), or hash type.
  • Page 91 authUtil enabled. Specifying "*" enables all DH groups 0, 1, 2, 3, and 4, in that order. This means that in authentication negotiation, the NULL DH group is given priority over all other groups. In the case of a port that is enabled for encryption and you specify "*", the DH group 4 is selected.This option is supported in AG mode.
  • Page 92 authUtil --authinit [slot/]port [, [slot/]port...| allE Reinitiates authentication on selected ports after changing the DH-CHAP group, hash type, and shared secret between a pair of switches. This command does not work on Private, Loop, NPIV and FICON devices. This command may bring down the E_Ports if the DH-CHAP shared secrets are not installed correctly.
  • Page 93 authUtil To set the Device policy to passive mode: switch:admin> authutil --policy -dev passive Warning: Activating the authentication policy requires DH-CHAP secrets on both switch and device. Otherwise, the F-port will be disabled during next F-port bring-up. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Device authentication is set to PASSIVE To set the device authentication policy to "on"...

  • Page 94: Bannerset

    bannerSet bannerSet Sets the banner on the local switch. SYNOPSIS bannerset [banner] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the banner on the local switch. The banner is a string of alphanumeric characters. It is displayed after you log in to a switch. The banner can be created using the banner operand or interactively by entering the bannerSet command without an operand.
  • Page 95 bannerShow bannerShow Displays the banner text. SYNOPSIS bannershow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the text of the local switch banner. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 96: Bcastshow

    bcastShow bcastShow Displays broadcast routing information. SYNOPSIS bcastshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the broadcast routing information for all ports in the switch. The broadcast routing information indicates all ports that are members of the broadcast distribution tree: ports that are able to send and receive broadcast frames.

  • Page 97: Bladecfggemode

    bladeCfgGeMode bladeCfgGeMode Configures a GbE port or a 10GbE port on the Brocade FX8-24 blade. SYNOPSIS bladecfggemode --set mode -slot slot bladecfggemode --show -slot slot | -all bladecfggemode --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the GbE port mode on the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade or to display the configuration.
  • Page 98 bladeCfgGeMode To display the GbE port mode for all configured slots: switch:admin> bladecfggemode --show -all bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 1 is configured in 1GigE Mode 1GigE mode: only the ge0-9 ports are enabled (xge0 and xge1 \ are disabled) bladeCfgGeMode: Blade in slot 4 is configured in 10GigE Mode 10GigE mode: only xge0 and xge1 are enabled (ge0-9 ports \ are disabled)

  • Page 99: Bladedisable

    bladeDisable bladeDisable Disables all user ports on a blade. SYNOPSIS bladedisable slot DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable all user ports on a blade. All Fibre Channel ports on the blade are taken offline. If the switch was connected to a fabric through this blade, the remaining switches reconfigure, and the switch reconfigures based on the other blade ports.

  • Page 100: Bladeenable

    bladeDisable ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled ------ In_Sync Disabled...
  • Page 101 bladeEnable bladeEnable Enables all user ports on a blade. SYNOPSIS bladeenable slot DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable all user ports on a blade. All ports within the blade that did not fail the power-on self-test (POST) are enabled (except for persistently disabled ports). They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected.
  • Page 102 bladeEnable UNKNOWN VACANT SW BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED SW BLADE ENABLED UNKNOWN VACANT UNKNOWN VACANT UNKNOWN VACANT SEE ALSO bladeDisable, chassisDisable, chassisEnable, portEnable, portDisable, switchDisable, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 103: Bladeswap

    bladeSwap bladeSwap Swaps the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. SYNOPSIS bladeSwap -src source_slot -dest destination_slot DESCRIPTION Use this command to swap the area numbers for matching port pairs of two blades. All ports must qualify for swapping for this command to succeed. It validates that the blades in the indicated slots are of the same type, have the same number of ports, and that the port pairs are in the same partition.

  • Page 104: Bootluncfg

    bootLunCfg bootLunCfg Transparently configures the boot LUN for an HBA. SYNOPSIS bootluncfg --add HBA_WWN PWWN LUN_ID bootluncfg --delete HBA_WWN [PWWN LUN_ID] bootluncfg --show bootluncfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the boot LUN for an HBA. Existing fabric-based boot LUN discovery allows the host's boot LUN information to be stored in the fabric zone database by using a zone name that contains the PWWN of an HBA port.
  • Page 105 bootLunCfg EXAMPLES To configure a boot LUN: switch:admin> bootluncfg --add 11:22:ab:44:44:ff:44:ca \ 1b:6c:55:55:55:3a:55:ff 9abc345fa1112410 Operation Successful To display existing Port/LUN mappings: switch:admin> bootluncfgn--show 00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77 00:00:00:00:aa:bb:cc:dd;00:00:00:01:ee:ff:11:22; \ 00:00:00:02:9a:bc:34:5f;00:00:00:03:a1:11:24:10 aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa 00:00:00:00:11:11:11:11;00:00:00:01:11:11:11:11; \ 00:00:00:02:9a:bc:34:5f;00:00:00:03:a1:11:24:10 bb:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa 00:00:00:00:11:11:11:11;00:00:00:01:11:11:11:11; \ 00:00:00:02:9a:bc:34:5f;00:00:00:03:a1:11:24:10 To remove an HBA to Port/LUN mapping: switch:admin>...

  • Page 106: Bottleneckmon

    bottleneckMon bottleneckMon Monitors and reports latency and congestion bottlenecks on F_Ports and E_Ports. SYNOPSIS bottleneckmon --enable [-cthresh congestion_threshold] [-lthresh latency_threshold] [-time seconds] [-qtime seconds] [-alert | -alert=congestion | -alert=latency | -noalert] [-lsubsectimethresh time_threshold] [-lsubsecsevthresh severity_threshold] bottleneckmon --disable bottleneckmon --config [-cthresh congestion_threshold] [-lthresh latency_threshold][-time seconds] [-qtime seconds] [-alert | -alert=congestion | -alert=latency | -noalert]...
  • Page 107 bottleneckMon • Configuring severity thresholds for congestion and latency bottlenecks for a switch or for a specified port list. • Configuring for congestion and/or latency bottlenecks for a switch or for a specified port list. • Refining the criterion for defining latency bottleneck conditions to allow for more (or less) sensitive monitoring at the sub-second level.
  • Page 108 bottleneckMon severity on the switch. You can filter the output to display only latency or congestion bottleneck statistics. When used without port operand the command displays the number of ports affected by bottleneck conditions. A "bottlenecked" port in this output is defined as any port that was affected by a bottleneck for one second or more in the corresponding interval.
  • Page 109 bottleneckMon Per-port overrides for alert parameters Custom configuration for the above mentioned alert parameters. The abbreviations "C" and "L" indicate "congestion" and "latency" alerts. "Y" means alerts are enabled for both types, and "N" means alerts are disabled. Excluded ports List of ports excluded from bottleneck detection.
  • Page 110 bottleneckMon port_list Specifies one or more ports, relative to the slot on bladed systems. Use switchShow for a listing of valid ports. The --show option allows only a single port or all ports ('*') to be specified with this command, unless it is used without port operand.
  • Page 111 bottleneckMon When you specify one of the three alert options, the following parameters become available, although the threshold options are subject to the restrictions stated above. -cthresh congestion_threshold Specifies the severity threshold for congestion that triggers an alert. The threshold indicates the percentage of one-second intervals affected by the bottleneck condition within the specified time window.
  • Page 112 bottleneckMon --exclude [slot/]port_list Excludes the specified ports from bottleneck detection. No data will be collected from these ports, and no alerts will be triggered for these ports. All statistics history for a port is erased when a port is excluded. Alerting parameters are preserved.
  • Page 113 bottleneckMon -refresh Refreshes the display to continuously update with fresh data at a certain rate. The refresh rate is equal to the number of seconds specified in the interval. -congestion | -latency Restricts the display to congestion or latency data. If neither is specified, the command displays combined statistics for both types of bottlenecks.
  • Page 114 bottleneckMon Specifies the Virtual Channel number. The valid range is 1 trough 31. VC 0 is invalid. --linkreset slot/blade_port Performs a link reset on the specified front-end or back-end blade port. The blade port number can be located in the "Bpt" column output of the bladePortMap command.
  • Page 115 bottleneckMon To change the bottleneck detection configuration on port 5 to allow congestion alerts only; overrides switch-wide configuration: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --config -alert=congestion 5 To change the bottleneck detection configuration on port 5 to allow latency alerts only; overrides switch-wide configuration: switch:admin>...
  • Page 116 bottleneckMon Feb 26 21:56:10 Feb 26 21:56:20 Feb 26 21:56:00 Feb 26 21:56:10 Feb 26 21:55:50 Feb 26 21:56:00 Feb 26 21:55:40 Feb 26 21:55:50 Feb 26 21:55:30 Feb 26 21:55:40 To display bottleneck statistics for a single port: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --show -interval 5 -span 30 2/4 ============================================= Wed Jan 13 18:54:35 UTC 2010...
  • Page 117 bottleneckMon Jan 13 18:54:10 Jan 13 18:54:15 20.00 Jan 13 18:54:15 Jan 13 18:54:20 80.00 Jan 13 18:54:20 Jan 13 18:54:25 0.00 Jan 13 18:54:25 Jan 13 18:54:30 0.00 Jan 13 18:54:30 Jan 13 18:54:35 40.00 To display bottleneck configuration details for the switch: switch:admin>...
  • Page 118 bottleneckMon To enable backend port credit recovery with the link reset threshold option and to display the configuration: switch:admin> bottleneckmon --cfgcredittools -intport \ -recover onLrThresh switch:admin> bottleneckmon --showcredittools Internal port credit recovery is Enabled with LrOnThresh To disable backend port credit recovery and to display the configuration: switch:admin>...

  • Page 119: Bpportloopbacktest

    bpPortLoopbackTest bpPortLoopbackTest Sends and receives data from the same BP port to perform a functional test of the port. SYNOPSIS bpportloopbacktest [--slot slot] [-nframes count] [-pklen count] [-lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode ] [-bpports itemlist ] DESCRIPTION Use this command to verify the functional operation of the switch. The test sends frames from a specified blade processor (BP) port transmitter and loops the frames back into the same BP port's receiver.
  • Page 120 bpPortLoopbackTest At each pass, a different data type is used to create the frame from a palette of seven. If a pass of seven is requested, seven different frames are used in the test. If eight passes, the first seven frames are unique, and the eighth frame is the same as the first.
  • Page 121 bpPortLoopbackTest Runs test at 8 Gbps (Default for Condor2). Runs test at 16 Gbps (Condor3 only). -bpports itemlist Specifies a list of blade ports to test. By default all valid blade ports in the specified blade are tested. On the Brocade Encryption platforms, ports 80-103 are the only valid ports, because these are the only blade ports with access to the Vader chip.

  • Page 122: Bpturboramtest

    bpTurboRamTest bpTurboRamTest MBIST test for AP Blade BP ASICs. SYNOPSIS bpturboramtest [--slot slot] [ -passcnt count ] [ -bpports itemlist ] DESCRIPTION Use this command to verify the on-chip static random access memory (SRAM) located in the Blade Processor (BP) ASICs of the Application Processor (AP) blade. The command makes use of the memory built-in self-test (MBIST) circuitry.
  • Page 123 bpTurboRamTest EXAMPLES To run the test in default mode: switch:admin> bpturboramtest Running bpturboramtest ....Board Init Running Vader bist test Vader bist test PASSED Running Ob1 bist test Ob1 bist test PASSED BIST test PASSED on all ASIC(s) Test Complete: bpturboramtest Pass 1 of 1 Duration 0 hr, 1 min &...

  • Page 124: Bufopmode

    bufOpMode bufOpMode Changes or displays the Buffer Optimized Mode. SYNOPSIS bufopmode --set slot [-f] bufopmode --reset slot bufopmode --show slot bufopmode --showall DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or change the buffer optimized mode on a switch. When buffer optimized mode is enabled on a slot, additional buffers are allocated on the internal ports. Use this feature, if you have slow draining devices connected to the slot and there are no long distance links or F_Port buffers configured on that slot.
  • Page 125 bufOpMode Slot 9: buffer optimized mode - Off Slot 10: buffer optimized mode - Off Slot 11: buffer optimized mode - Off Slot 12: buffer optimized mode - On -------------------------------------------------- * indicates buffer optimization not supported on this blade To display current buffer optimized mode for a single slot switch:admin>...
  • Page 126 bufOpMode Slot 11: buffer optimized mode - Off* Slot 12: buffer optimized mode - Off* ----------------------------------------------------------- * indicates buffer optimization not supported on this blade SEE ALSO slotShow, slotPowerOn, slotPowerOff Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 127: Ceeportledtest

    ceePortLedTest ceePortLedTest DESCRIPTION See portLedTest. SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 128: Ceeportloopbacktest

    ceePortLoopbackTest ceePortLoopbackTest DESCRIPTION See portLoopbackTest. SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 129: Ceeturboramtest

    ceeTurboRamTest ceeTurboRamTest DESCRIPTION See turboRamTest. SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 130: Cfgactvshow

    cfgActvShow cfgActvShow Displays effective zone configuration information. SYNOPSIS cfgactvshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the effective zone configuration information. The current configuration is a single zone configuration that is currently in effect. The devices that an initiator sees are based on this configuration. The effective configuration is built when a specified zone configuration is enabled.

  • Page 131: Cfgadd

    cfgAdd cfgAdd Adds a member to a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS cfgadd "cfgName", "member[; member...]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to add one or more members to an existing zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration. For the change to take effect, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.
  • Page 132 cfgClear cfgClear Clears all zone configurations. SYNOPSIS cfgclear DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear all zone information in the transaction buffer. All defined zone objects in the transaction buffer are deleted. If an attempt is made to commit the empty transaction buffer while a zone configuration is enabled, you are warned to first disable the enabled zone configuration or to provide a valid configuration with the same name.

  • Page 133: Cfgcreate

    cfgCreate cfgCreate Creates a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS cfgcreate "cfgName", "member[;member...]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to create a new zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.

  • Page 134: Cfgdelete

    cfgDelete cfgDelete Deletes a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS cfgdelete "cfgName" DESCRIPTION Use this command to delete a zone configuration. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command. For the change to be preserved across switch reboots, save the configuration to nonvolatile memory with the cfgSave command.

  • Page 135: Cfgdisable

    cfgDisable cfgDisable Disables a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS cfgdisable DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the current zone configuration. The fabric returns to non-zoning mode, a mode in which all devices can see each other. This command ends and commits the current zoning transaction buffer to both volatile and nonvolatile memory.

  • Page 136: Cfgenable

    cfgEnable cfgEnable Enables a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS cfgenable "cfgName" DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable a zone configuration. The command builds the specified zone configuration . It checks for undefined zone names, zone alias names, or other inconsistencies, by expanding zone aliases, removing duplicate entries, and then installing the effective configuration.
  • Page 137 cfgEnable switch:admin> cfgtransabort 271010736 switch:admin> cfgenable "USA_cfg" You are about to enable a new zoning configuration. This action will replace the old zoning configuration with the current configuration selected. If the update includes changes to one or more traffic isolation zones, the update may result in localized disruption to traffic on ports associated with the traffic isolation zone changes Do you want to enable 'USA_cfg' configuration...

  • Page 138: Cfgremove

    cfgRemove cfgRemove Removes a member from a zone configuration. SYNOPSIS cfgremove "cfgName","member[; member...]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing zone configuration. If all members are removed, the zone configuration is deleted. This command changes the Defined Configuration (see cfgShow). For the change to become effective, enable the configuration with the cfgEnable command.

  • Page 139: Cfgsave

    cfgSave cfgSave Saves the zone configuration to nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS cfgsave DESCRIPTION Use this command to save the current zone configuration. This command writes the defined configuration and the name of the effective configuration to nonvolatile memory in all switches in the fabric.
  • Page 140 cfgSave switch:admin> cfgsave You are about to save the Defined zoning configuration. This action will only save the changes on Defined configuration. Do you want to save the Defined zoning configuration only? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y SEE ALSO cfgAdd, cfgClear, cfgCreate, cfgDelete, cfgDisable, cfgEnable, cfgRemove, cfgShow, cfgTransAbort, cfgTransShow...

  • Page 141: Cfgshow

    cfgShow cfgShow Displays zone configuration information. SYNOPSIS cfgshow ["pattern"] [, mode] cfgshow [--transdiffs] cfgshow [--transdiffsonly] cfgshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display zone configuration information. If no operand is specified, all zone configuration information (both defined and effective) is displayed. If the local switch has an outstanding transaction, this command displays the most recently edited zone configuration that has not yet been saved.
  • Page 142 cfgShow Asterisk (*) Matches any string of characters. Range Matches any character within the range. Ranges must be enclosed in square brackets, for example, [0-9] or [a-f]. mode Specify 0 to display the contents of the transaction buffer (the contents of the current transaction) or specify 1 to display the contents of nonvolatile memory.
  • Page 143 cfgShow To display changes in the current transaction: switch:admin> cfgshow --transdiffs Defined configuration: cfg: fabric_cfg Blue_zone zone: Blue_zone 1,1; array1; 1,2; array2 *zone: green_zone -1,1; 1,2; +6, 15 *zone: +red_zone 5,1; 4,2 alias: array1 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:8c; \ 21:00:00:20:37:0c:71:02 alias: array2 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:22; \ 21:00:00:20:37:0c:76:28 Effective configuration: cfg:...

  • Page 144: Cfgsize

    cfgSize cfgSize Displays zone and Admin Domain database size details. SYNOPSIS cfgsize [integer] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the size details of the zone database and the Admin Domain database. When executed in a non-AD255 context, the size details include maximum size, the committed size, and the transaction size of the Zone database in bytes.
  • Page 145 cfgSize EXAMPLES To display the zone database on a Brocade 6510 switch:admin> cfgsize Zone DB max size - 1045274 bytes Available Zone DB size - 1041503 bytes committed - 2759 transaction - 0 To display Admin Domain and zone database size information in an AD255 context: switch:admin>...

  • Page 146: Cfgtransabort

    cfgTransAbort cfgTransAbort Aborts the current zoning transaction. SYNOPSIS cfgtransabort [token] DESCRIPTION Use this command to abort the current zoning transaction without committing it. All changes made since the transaction was started are removed and the zone configuration database is restored to the state before the transaction was started.
  • Page 147 cfgTransShow cfgTransShow Displays information about the current zoning transaction. SYNOPSIS cfgtransshow cfgtransshow --opentrans cfgtransshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the ID of the current zoning transaction. In addition, the command provides information on whether or not the transaction can be aborted. The transaction cannot be aborted if it is an internal zoning transaction.
  • Page 148 cfgTransShow To display the current transaction and the list of domains with open transactions: switch:admin> cfgtransshow --opentrans Current transaction token is 0x3109 It is abortable Transactions Detect: Capable Current Open Transactions Domain List: ------------------------- 1 2 3 4 SEE ALSO cfgAdd, cfgClear, cfgCreate, cfgDelete, cfgDisable, cfgEnable, cfgRemove, cfgSave, cfgShow, cfgTransAbort Fabric OS Command Reference...

  • Page 149: Chassisbeacon

    chassisBeacon chassisBeacon Sets chassis beaconing mode. SYNOPSIS chassisbeacon [mode] DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable beaconing on a chassis. Chassis beaconing can be used to locate a failing chassis in a group of chassis. Use the portBeacon command to locate a failing port, and use the switchBeacon command to locate a failing (logical) switch.
  • Page 150 chassisBeacon To display the chassis beaconing mode: switch:admin> chassisbeacon Value = 0 SEE ALSO portBeacon, switchShow, switchBeacon Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 151: Chassisdisable

    chassisDisable chassisDisable Disables all user ports in a chassis. SYNOPSIS chassisdisable [-force] DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports are taken offline. This command prompts for confirmation unless the -force option is used. If the chassis is partitioned into logical switches that are part of logical fabrics, the remaining switches in these fabrics reconfigure.

  • Page 152: Chassisdistribute

    chassisDistribute chassisDistribute Distributes IP filter policies. SYNOPSIS chassisdistribute -db ipfilter -fid target_FID [-force] chassisdistribute -db ipfilter -domain target_domain_list [-force] DESCRIPTION Use this command to manually distribute the IP Filter policy database. The behavior of this command depends on whether Virtual Fabrics are enabled or disabled. •...
  • Page 153 chassisDistribute OPERANDS This command has the following operands: -db ipfilter Specifies the policy database to be distributed with this command. The only accepted value for -db is ipfilter. The database name is case insensitive. The legacy notation ("IPFILTER") still works but is not neccessary. The following operands are mutually exclusive: -fid target_FID Specifies the target logical switch for the distribution.

  • Page 154: Chassisenable

    chassisEnable chassisEnable Enables all user ports in a chassis. SYNOPSIS chassisenable DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable a Virtual Fabric-aware chassis. All Fibre Channel ports that passed the power-on self test (POST) are enabled. They may come online if connected to a device, or remain offline if disconnected.

  • Page 155: Chassisname

    chassisName chassisName Displays or sets the chassis name. SYNOPSIS chassisname [name] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or change the name associated with the chassis. Use this command without parameters to display the current chassis name. Use this command with the name operand to assign a new chassis name.

  • Page 156: Chassisshow

    chassisShow chassisShow Displays all field replaceable units (FRUs). SYNOPSIS chassisshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the Field Replaceable Unit (FR) header content for each object in the chassis and chassis backplane version. This command displays the following information: The chassis family, for example, DCX 8510. The backplane version number, in hexadecimal: Chassis Backplane Revision: xx The first line of each record contains the object ID.
  • Page 157 chassisShow NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display the FRUs for a DCX 8510-8: switch:user>...

  • Page 158: Classconfig

    classConfig classConfig Displays RBAC class permissions. SYNOPSIS classconfig --show class_name | -all | -classlist classconfig --showcli command classconfig --showroles class_name classconfig --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about role-based access control (RBAC) permissions for one or all meta-object format (MOF) classes, to display permissions for a specified command, or to display the permissions for a specified MOF class.
  • Page 159 classConfig --showcli command Displays the RBAC permissions for the specified command and associated command options. The output displays the command name, the command options, the RBAC class permissions for each command option, the MOF class, and the context restriction for the command in VF mode only. If the length of a row is too long to fit in one line, the strings displayed under RBAC Class and Option column will be split and displayed in two lines.
  • Page 160 classConfig 44. PhysicalComputerSystem 45. PKI 46. PortMirror 47. RADIUS 48. Reboot 49. Restricted 50. RoleConfig 51. RoutingAdvanced 52. RoutingBasic 53. Security 54. SessionManagement 55. SNMP 56. Statistics 57. StatisticsDevice 58. StatisticsPort 59. SwitchConfiguration 60. SwitchManagement 61. SwitchManagementIPConfiguration 62. SwitchPortConfiguration 63. SwitchPortManagement 64.
  • Page 161 classConfig To display the RBAC permissions for the UserManagement class: switch:admin> classconfig --showroles UserManagement Roles that have access to the RBAC class 'usermanagement' are: Role Name Permission --------- ---------- Admin Factory Root SecurityAdmin To display the RBAC permissions for a command: switch:admin>...

  • Page 162: Clihistory

    cliHistory cliHistory Displays switch command history. SYNOPSIS clihistory clihistory --show clihistory --showuser username clihistory --showall clihistory --help DESCRIPTION This command saves the following information whenever a command is executed on the switch: • Timestamp • Username • IP address of the Telnet session •...
  • Page 163 cliHistory switch:admin> firmwaredownload -s -p scp 10.70.4.109,fvt,/dist,pray4green Server IP: 10.70.4.109, Protocol IPv4 Checking system settings for firmwaredownload... Failed to access scp://fvt:**********@10.70.4.109//dist/release.plist switch:admin> clihistory Date & Time Message Wed May 23 03:39:37 2012 admin, console, firmwaredownload SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 164: Cmsh

    cmsh cmsh Opens the CEE command shell. SYNOPSIS cmsh DESCRIPTION Use this command to open a shell for managing 10 GbE interfaces and Layer2/Layer3 protocol services. The CEE management shell provides a hierarchical CLI interface. Refer to the CEE Command Reference and the CEE Administrator's Guide for information on how to use the CEE commands and configuration procedures.
  • Page 165 cmsh To create an FCoE VLAN: switch:admin> cmsh switch:admin>en switch:admin>#conf t switch:admin>(config)#protocol lldp switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-app-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)# advertise dcbx-fcoe-logical-link-tlv switch:admin>(conf-lldp)#exit switch:admin>(config)#exit switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier rule 1 proto \ fcoe encap ethv2 switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier rule 2 proto fip \ encap ethv2 switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier group 1 add rule 1 switch:admin>(config)# vlan classifier group 1 add rule 2 switch:admin>(config)#interface vlan 5...

  • Page 166: Configdefault

    configDefault configDefault Resets the nonpersistent configuration data to factory defaults. SYNOPSIS configdefault [-fid FID | -all | -switch] DESCRIPTION Use this command to reset the nonpersistent configuration settings to their factory default values. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately.
  • Page 167 configDefault OPERANDS This command has the following operands: -fid FID Specifies the Fabric ID of the logical switch for which to reset the configuration. This operand is valid only in Virtual Fabric mode, and the executing account must have chassis permissions. -all Restores all nonpersistent configuration parameters to factory default values (switch and chassis parameters).

  • Page 168: Configdownload

    configDownload configDownload Downloads configuration data to the system. SYNOPSIS configdownload configdownload [- all ] [-p ftp | -ftp] ["host","user","path" [,"passwd"]] configdownload [- all ] [-p scp | -scp ] ["host","user","path"] configdownload [- all ] [-p sftp | -sftp ] ["host","user","path"] configdownload [- all ] [-local | -USB | -U ["file"]] configdownload [-fid FID | -chassis | -all | -switch] [-p ftp | -ftp ] ["host","user","path"...
  • Page 169 configDownload The system configuration data is downloaded separately. It is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately and the behavior of configDownload depends on the environment in which the command is executed and which part of the system configuration you wish to download.
  • Page 170 configDownload • After the switch is enabled, if the switch is the primary FCS, then its security and zoning information is propagated to all other switches in the fabric. • After the switch is enabled, if the switch is a non-FCS or a backup FCS, then its security and zoning information will be overwritten by the primary FCS.
  • Page 171 configDownload Downloads the Virtual Fabric configuration (switch-conf_xx.txt) instead of the regular system configuration. The switch-con_xx.txt file contains a listing of logical switches configured on the platform specified by the platform ID (xx) and other Virtual Fabric parameters. You cannot use the -vf option with any of the system configuration upload options (-fid, -chassis, -all).
  • Page 172 configDownload DIAGNOSTICS The configuration download may fail for one or more of the following reasons: • The switch has not been disabled. Disabling the switch is not necessary for configuration files containing only certain SNMP or Fabric Watch parameters. You can run configDownload first without disabling the switch, and if there is at least one changed parameter outside of Fabric Watch or SNMP, you are prompted to disable the switch before proceeding.
  • Page 173 configDownload To download the switch configurations to a logical switch with FID 8 from an attached USB device (requires chassis permissions): switch:admin> configdownload -fid 8 -USB config.txt To download the switch configurations belonging to a logical switch with FID 4 to a logical switch with FID 8 from an attached USB device (requires chassis permissions): switch:admin>...

  • Page 174: Configlist

    configList configList Lists uploaded configuration files. SYNOPSIS configlist -local | -USB | -U DESCRIPTION This command displays a list of names, sizes, and creation dates of configuration files saved on the local chassis or on an attached USB device. These files are created when the configUpload command is executed with the -local or the -USB option.

  • Page 175: Configshow

    configRemove configRemove Deletes a saved configuration file. SYNOPSIS configremove -local | -USB | -U [file] DESCRIPTION This command deletes a configuration file that was previously saved to the local chassis or to an attached USB device by using the configUpload command. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 176 configShow configShow Displays system configuration settings. SYNOPSIS configshow configshow [-all | -fid FID | -chassis | -switch] | [-local | -USB | -U] [file] [-pattern "pattern"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display system configuration settings. Some but not all of these parameters are set by the configure and configureChassis commands.
  • Page 177 configShow -local [file] Displays the content of a configuration file that was previously created by configUpload and stored on the chassis. The output can be optionally filtered by -pattern "pattern". If file is omitted, the command prompts for a file name. The output format when -local is specified matches that of configUpload and contains a superset of the information provided when -local is not specified.
  • Page 178 configShow passwdcfg.lockoutthreshold:0 passwdcfg.lockoutduration:30 passwdcfg.adminlockout:0 passwdcfg.repeat:1 passwdcfg.sequence:1 passwdcfg.status:0 fips.mode:0 fips.selftests:0 ipfilter.0.name:default_ipv4 ipfilter.0.numofrules:12 ipfilter.0.rule.1:0,0x23,0,0,6,22 ipfilter.0.rule.10:0,0x23,0,0,17,123 ipfilter.0.rule.11:0,0x63,0,0,6,600,1023 ipfilter.0.rule.12:0,0x63,0,0,17,600,1023 ipfilter.0.rule.2:0,0x23,0,0,6,23 ipfilter.0.rule.3:0,0x23,0,0,6,897 ipfilter.0.rule.4:0,0x23,0,0,6,898 ipfilter.0.rule.5:0,0x23,0,0,6,111 ipfilter.0.rule.6:0,0x23,0,0,6,80 ipfilter.0.rule.7:0,0x23,0,0,6,443 ipfilter.0.rule.8:0,0x23,0,0,17,161 ipfilter.0.rule.9:0,0x23,0,0,17,111 ipfilter.0.state:3 ipfilter.0.type:0 ipfilter.1.name:default_ipv6 ipfilter.1.numofrules:12 ipfilter.1.rule.1:0,0x23,0,0,6,22 ipfilter.1.rule.10:0,0x23,0,0,17,123 ipfilter.1.rule.11:0,0x63,0,0,6,600,1023 ipfilter.1.rule.12:0,0x63,0,0,17,600,1023 ipfilter.1.rule.2:0,0x23,0,0,6,23 ipfilter.1.rule.3:0,0x23,0,0,6,897 ipfilter.1.rule.4:0,0x23,0,0,6,898 ipfilter.1.rule.5:0,0x23,0,0,6,111 ipfilter.1.rule.6:0,0x23,0,0,6,80 ipfilter.1.rule.7:0,0x23,0,0,6,443 ipfilter.1.rule.8:0,0x23,0,0,17,161 ipfilter.1.rule.9:0,0x23,0,0,17,111 ipfilter.1.state:3 ipfilter.1.type:1 (output truncated) To filter the content to display only the password configuration:...
  • Page 179 configShow To display switch configuration data for FID 20: switch :admin> configshow -fid 20 [Configuration upload Information] Configuration Format = 2.0 date = Tue Oct 7 14:53:12 2008 FOS version = v6.2.0.0 Number of LS = 3 [Switch Configuration Begin : 0] SwitchName = Spirit_66 Fabric ID = 20 [Boot Parameters]...

  • Page 180: Configupload

    configUpload configUpload Uploads system configuration data to a file. SYNOPSIS configupload configupload [-all] [-p ftp | -ftp] ["host","user","path" [,"passwd"]] configupload [-all] [-p scp | -scp] ["host","user","path"] configupload [-all] [-p sftp | -sftp] ["host","user","path"] configupload [-all] [-force] [-local | USB |-U] ["file"] configupload [-fid FID | -chassis | -all | -switch] [-p ftp | -ftp]["host","user","path"...
  • Page 181 configUpload The system configuration data is uploaded separately. It is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately and the behavior of configUpload depends on the environment in which the command is executed and which part of the system configuration you wish to upload.
  • Page 182 configUpload -fid FID Uploads switch configuration data from a logical switch specified by its fabric ID. This parameter is valid only in a Virtual Fabric environment and requires chassis permissions. -chassis Uploads chassis configuration only. -all Uploads all system configuration data including chassis and switch configuration for all logical switches.

  • Page 183: Configure

    configUpload EXAMPLES To upload the switch configuration interactively from a switch that is not enabled for Virtual Fabrics: switch:admin> configupload Protocol (scp, ftp, sftp, local) [ftp]: sftp Server Name or IP Address [host]: 192.168.38.245 User Name [user]: jdoe File Name [<home dir>/config.txt]: Section (all|chassis|switch [all]): Password: ****** configUpload complete: All config parameters are uploaded...
  • Page 184 configure configure Changes switch configuration settings. SYNOPSIS configure DESCRIPTION Use this command to change switch configuration settings. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. For information on file format and specific parameters contained in each section, refer to the configUpload help page.
  • Page 185 configure The following parameters can be modified with the configure command: Fabric Parameters Fabric settings control the overall behavior and operation of the fabric. Some of these settings, such as the domain, are assigned automatically and may differ from one switch to another in a given fabric. Other parameters, such as buffer-to-buffer credit or timeout values, can be modified to suit specific applications or operating environments but must be in agreement among all switches to allow formation of the fabric.
  • Page 186 configure WWN Based persistent PID When enabled, this feature supports both dynamic and static WWN-based PID assignment. In dynamic PID binding, the first area assigned to a device when it logs in is bound to the device WWN and remains persistent through subsequent logins.
  • Page 187 configure R_A_TOV The resource allocation time out value specified in milliseconds. This variable works with the variable E_D_TOV to determine switch actions when presented with an error condition. Allocated circuit resources with detected errors are not released until the time value has expired.
  • Page 188 configure Per-frame Route Priority In addition to the eight virtual channels used in frame routing priority, support is also available for per-frame-based prioritization when this value is set. When Per-frame Route Priority is set to 1, the virtual channel ID is used in conjunction with a frame header to form the final virtual channel ID.
  • Page 189 configure The user-defined value is in the range from 80 through 500 milliseconds and this value can be incremented with resolution of 1. In a logical switch, the edge hold time configuration is updated only for Condor3 ports. If Condor2 ports are present in the logical switch, the SWCH-1025 RASLog message is triggered to indicate that Condor2 ports are present and the edge hold time configuration will not change for these ports.
  • Page 190 configure Stage FDISC logins with busy reject: This parameter, if nonzero, enables staging of FDISC logins by rejecting the FDISC requests with "logical busy", when the requests are more than the number of configured "logins per second". It also specifies the number of FDISC requests that will always be accepted first without reject.
  • Page 191 configure Always send RSCN? Following the completion of loop initialization, a remote state change notification (RSCN) is issued when FL_Ports detect the presence of new devices or the absence of preexisting devices. When set to 1, an RSCN is issued upon completion of loop initialization, regardless of the presence or absence of new or preexisting devices.
  • Page 192 configure OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To enable XISL use on a logical switch with FID 20: switch:admin> setcontext 20 switch:admin> switchdisable switch:admin> configure Configure... Fabric parameters (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Domain: (1..239) [1] Enable a 256 Area Limit (0 = No, 1 = Zero Based Area Assignment, 2 = Port Based Area Assignment): (0..2) [0] 1 WWN Based persistent PID (yes, y, no, n): [no]...
  • Page 193 configure R_A_TOV: (4000..120000) [10000] E_D_TOV: (1000..5000) [2000] WAN_TOV: (0..30000) [0] MAX_HOPS: (7..19) [7] Data field size: (256..2112) [2112] Sequence Level Switching: (0..1) [0] Disable Device Probing: (0..1) [0] Suppress Class F Traffic: (0..1) [0] Per-frame Route Priority: (0..1) [0] Long Distance Fabric: (0..1) [0] BB credit: (1..27) [16] Disable FID Check (yes, y, no, n): [no] Insistent Domain ID Mode (yes, y, no, n): [no]...

  • Page 194: Configurechassis

    configureChassis configureChassis Changes chassis-level system configuration settings. SYNOPSIS configurechassis DESCRIPTION Use this command to modify chassis-level system configuration settings. Configuration data is grouped into chassis information and switch information. Each configuration type is managed separately. Use the configure command to modify switch configuration parameters. Use the configureChassis command to modify the following chassis configuration parameters: •...
  • Page 195 configureChassis System attributes The following system-related parameters are configurable on a Virtual Fabric-aware switch. system.blade.bladeFaultOnHwErrMsk If this field is set to a value other than 0, then any nonfatal HW ASIC data parity error causes the problem blade to be powered off. The valid range is 0x0 to 0xffff. The default value is 0x0.
  • Page 196 configureChassis NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To enable signature validation for downloading firmware: switch:admin>...
  • Page 197 configureChassis To change the CS_CTL-based frame prioritization to default mode (one-to-one mapping): switch:admin> configupload Configure... cfgload attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] Custom attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] system attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] fos attributes (yes, y, no, n): [no] y CSCTL QoS Mode (0 = default;...

  • Page 198: Cryptocfg

    cryptoCfg cryptoCfg Performs encryption configuration and management functions. SYNOPSIS cryptocfg --help -nodecfg cryptocfg --help -groupcfg cryptocfg --help -hacluster cryptocfg --help -devicecfg cryptocfg --help -transcfg cryptocfg --help -decommission DESCRIPTION Use the cryptoCfg command to configure and manage the Brocade Encryption Switch and the FS8-18 encryption blade.
  • Page 199 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --initnode cryptocfg --initEE [slot] cryptocfg --regEE [slot] cryptocfg --enableEE [slot] cryptocfg --disableEE [slot] cryptocfg --export -scp -dhchallenge vault_IP_address | -currentMK | -KACcert | -KACcsr | -CPcert host_IP host_username host_file_path cryptocfg --export -usb -dhchallenge vault_IP_address | -currentMK | -KACcert | -KACcsr | -CPcert dest_filename cryptocfg --import -scp local_name host_IP host_username host_file_path cryptocfg --import -usb dest_filename source_filename...
  • Page 200 cryptoCfg • Group-wide policy configuration. • Zeroization of all critical security parameters on the local encryption switch or blade. • Certificate display and management. • Display of the local encryption engine status. • Rebalancing of disk and tape LUNS for optimized performance. •...
  • Page 201 cryptoCfg Some of the certificates generated with this command may need to be exported so that they can be registered with external entities, such as the key vault or the group leader, for mutual authentication. Refer to the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator's Guide for details.
  • Page 202 cryptoCfg --export Exports a certificate from the local encryption switch or blade to a specified external host or to a mounted USB device. This command is valid on all nodes. The files are exported from the predetermined directory that was generated during the node initialization phase.
  • Page 203 cryptoCfg Files to be imported include member node CP certificates and key vault certificates. Use the cryptocfg --show -file -all command to view all imported files. The following operands are supported with the --importcommand: -scp Imports a specified certificate from an external host using the secure copy (SCP) protocol.
  • Page 204 cryptoCfg --dereg -membernode Removes the registration for the specified member node. This command is valid only on the group leader. The node is identified by the switch WWN. member_node_WWN Specifies the member node by its switch WWN. This operand is required when removing a node registration.
  • Page 205 cryptoCfg For the SKM, run this command only for the primary key vault. The login credential must match a valid username/password pair configured on the key vault. The same username/password must be configured on all the nodes of any given encryption group to prevent \ivity issues between the SKM and the switch.
  • Page 206 cryptoCfg diag Runs diagnostic tests including retrieval, archival and synchronization of the tests in the key vault cluster. EXAMPLES To initialize a node and generate certificates (output shows what is generated and where it is stored): SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --initnode This will overwrite all identification and authentication data ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Notify SPM of Node Cfg...
  • Page 207 cryptoCfg To register a member node with the group leader: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --reg -membernode 10:00:00:05:1e:39:14:00 enc_switch1_cert.pem 10.32.244.60 Operation succeeded. To deregister a member node: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --dereg -membernode 10:00:00:05:1e:53:b6:80 Operation succeeded. To generate a trusted link establishment package (TEP): SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --dhchallenge 10.33.54.231 Operation succeeded.
  • Page 208 cryptoCfg 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/3 10.32.72.105 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/10 10.32.72.106 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00/12 10.32.72.107 EE_STATE_ONLINE Reachable EE Slot: SP state: Online Primary Link KeyID: 85:1c:ca:dd:fc:8c:31:fc:87:21:26:d1:24:a0:92:be Secondary Link KeyID:98:4f:b4:98:c0:42:ab:6b:6d:65:ba:f2:fc:aa:b5:8a No HA cluster membership EE Attributes: Link IP Addr : 10.32.72.76 Link GW IP Addr : 10.32.64.1 Link Net Mask : 255.255.240.0...
  • Page 209 cryptoCfg To display the key vault diagnostics configuration: switch:admin> cryptocfg --kvdiag -show Key vault diagnostic periodic tests Enabled Interval: 5 minute(s) Test Type: (diag) key retrieval/archival readiness Operation succeeded To change the interval at which the key vault diagnostics is run: switch:admin>...
  • Page 210 cryptoCfg cryptocfg --show -mkexported_keyids key_id cryptocfg --show -groupcfg cryptocfg --show -groupmember -all | node_WWN cryptocfg --show -egstatus -cfg | -stat cryptocfg --sync -encgroup cryptocfg --sync -securitydb cryptocfg --perfshow [slot] [-tx | -rx | -tx -rx] [-t interval] DESCRIPTION Use these cryptoCfg commands to create or delete an encryption group, to add or remove group member nodes, key vaults, and authentication cards, to enable or disable system cards, to enable quorum authentication and set the quorum size, to manage keys including key recovery from backup, to configure group-wide policies, and to sync the encryption group databases.
  • Page 211 cryptoCfg • Additional diagnostic key vault information to facilitate troubleshooting of connectivity "Additional Primary Key Vault Information" and "Additional Secondary Key Vault Information" is displayed separately. For the SKM and DPM there is just one section "Additional Key Vault/Cluster Information"): Key Vault/CA Certificate Validity: Yes or No Port for Key Vault Connection: numeric identifier Time of Day on Key Server: time stamp or N/A...
  • Page 212 cryptoCfg IP address: the node IP address Certificate: the node CP certificate name (user-defined) Current master key (or primary link key) state: Not configured, Saved, Created, Propagated, Valid, or Invalid. Current master key ID (or primary link key ID): Shows key ID or zero if not configured. Alternate master key (or secondary link key) state: Not configured, Saved, Created, Propagated, Valid, or Invalid.
  • Page 213 cryptoCfg encryption_group_name Specifies the name of the encryption group to be deleted. This operand is required when deleting an encryption group. --reg -keyvault Registers the specified key vault (primary or secondary) with the encryption engines of all nodes present in an encryption group. Upon successful registration, a connection to the key vault is automatically established.
  • Page 214 cryptoCfg --set -keyvault Sets the key vault type. This command is valid only on the group leader. value Specifies the key vault type. The default is set to no value. This operand is required. Valid values for -keyvault include the following parameters: Specifies the NetApp LKM appliance (trusted key vault).
  • Page 215 cryptoCfg --set -quorumsize Sets the quorum size used to authenticate functions that require a quorum of authentication cards. The default value is zero. You can set the quorum size only if the current value is zero. Note that this value is different from the recovery set size that specifies the number of recovery shares used to perform Master Key recovery.
  • Page 216 cryptoCfg If there are CryptoTarget container/LUN configurations on the node and the encryption engines of this node are part of any HA Cluster configuration, this command prompts you to either continue leaving the encryption group while retaining the configuration, or to abort the leave operation. It is recommended that you remove the EEs from the HA cluster and delete any CryptoTarget container and Crypto LUN configurations from this node prior to initiating a leave operation.
  • Page 217 cryptoCfg -srcfile filename Specifies the file name when restoring the master key from a file in the predetermined directory on the switch. Use this operand when the master key was backed up to a file rather than to a key vault. The -keyID and the -srcfile operands are mutually exclusive.
  • Page 218 cryptoCfg Displays receiver throughput. -tx -rx Displays transmitter and receiver throughput. -t interval Specifies the time interval,in seconds, between refreshes. EXAMPLES To create an encryption group "brocade": SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --create -encgroup brocade Encryption group create status: Operation Succeeded. To create an encryption group "brocade" on a node that has stale configurations: SecurityAdmin:switch>...
  • Page 219 cryptoCfg To generate the master key (DPM) on the group leader: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --genmasterkey Master key generated. The master key should be exported before further operations are performed. To export the master key to the DPM key vault: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --exportmasterkey Enter passphrase: ********** Confirm passphrase:********** Master key exported.
  • Page 220 cryptoCfg Primary Key Vault: IP address: 10.32.49.200 Certificate ID: 3D2-LKM3-B05-200 Certificate label: LKM200 State: Connected Type: Secondary Key Vault: IP address: 10.32.49.201 Certificate ID: 3D2-LKM4-B05-201 Certificate label: LKM201 State: Connected Type: Additional Primary Key Vault Information:: Key Vault/CA Certificate Validity: Port for Key Vault Connection: 32579 Time of Day on Key Server:...
  • Page 221 cryptoCfg EE Slot: SP state: Waiting for enableEE 10:00:00:05:1e:54:22:36 10.32.72.61 GroupLeader EE Slot: SP state: Online 10:00:00:05:1e:47:30:00 10.32.72.10 MemberNode EE Slot: SP state: Online EE Slot: SP state: Online EE Slot: SP state: Online EE Slot: SP state: Online To display the encryption group member information: SecurityAdmin:switch>...
  • Page 222 cryptoCfg To set the failback mode to manual failback: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --set -failbackmode manual Set failback policy status: Operation Succeeded. To set the heartbeat miss value to 3: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --set -hbmisses 3 Set heartbeat miss status: Operation Succeeded. To set the heartbeat timeout value to 10 seconds: SecurityAdmin:switch>...
  • Page 223 cryptoCfg The command group includes a show option, --show -hacluster. When invoked on a member node, this command displays the committed HA cluster configuration. When invoked on the group leader, both defined and committed configuration data is displayed including the following parameters: •...
  • Page 224 cryptoCfg The following operands are required with the --add command: node_WWN Specifies the node WWN of the switch or chassis to which the encryption engine belongs. slot Specifies the encryption engine slot number on bladed systems. --remove -haclustermember Removes one or both encryption engine members from an already configured HA cluster.
  • Page 225 cryptoCfg EXAMPLES To display existing HA clusters in the encryption group "brocade" (the encryption group in the example has one committed HA cluster with one encryption engine): SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -hacluster -all Encryption Group Name: brocade Number of HA Clusters: 1 HA cluster name: HAC1 - 1 EE entry Status: Committed...
  • Page 226 cryptoCfg To commit the changes: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --commit Operation Succeeded To view the changes: SecurityAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -hacluster -all Encryption Group Name: brocade_1 Number of HA Clusters: 1 HA cluster name: HAC2 - 1 EE entry Status: Defined Slot Number Status 10:00:00:05:1e:39:53:67 Online...
  • Page 227 cryptoCfg [-write_early_ack disable | enable] [-read_ahead disable | enable] cryptocfg --modify -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN [-encryption_format native | DF_compatible] -encrypt | -cleartext] [-enable_encexistingdata | -disable_encexistingdata] [-enablerekey time_period | -disable_rekey] [-write_early_ack disable | enable] [-read_ahead disable | enable] cryptocfg --remove -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --enable -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN...
  • Page 228 cryptoCfg LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --show -tape_sessions -all cryptocfg --show -tape_sessions crypto_target_container_name cryptocfg --clearstats -container [-all | crypto_target_container_name ] cryptocfg --clearstats -LUN crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --refreshDEK crypto_target_container_name LUN_Num initiator_PWWN cryptocfg --reclaimWWN -membernode node_WWN [-list] cryptocfg --reclaimWWN -EE node_WWN slot[-list] cryptocfg --reclaimWWN -cleanup DESCRIPTION Use these cryptoCfg commands to configure and manage tape or disk devices that store the encrypted and compressed data.
  • Page 229 cryptoCfg In addition, this command set includes the following display commands. Output may vary depending on your configuration. Refer to the Appendix of the Fabric OS Encryption Administrator's Guide for a more comprehensive explanation of system states. Use the --show -container -all -stat command for runtime status information on all CryptoTarget containers in the encryption group.
  • Page 230 cryptoCfg Use the --show -container -all -cfg command for configuration information on all CryptoTarget containers in the encryption group, or specify a crypto_target_container_name for information on a specified CTC. The display includes the following information: • Encryption group name: user-defined label •...
  • Page 231 cryptoCfg • Encryption mode: encrypt or cleartext • Encryption format: native or DF compatible • Configuration status: committed or defined Use the --show -LUN command for a listing of Crypto LUN status or configuration information for a specific CTC. When used with -stat the display includes the following LUN runtime status information: •...
  • Page 232 cryptoCfg Rekey status: 0 = rekey in progress, 1 = no rekey in progress Key expiration time: date and time Time remaining to Auto Rekey: Displays key life for LUNs that are currently being rekeyed and after the rekey is complete. The remaining Key life period is displayed in the following format: num_yrs, num_months, num_days, num_minutes.
  • Page 233 cryptoCfg Target: target port WWN and node WWN Target PID: target PID VT: virtual target port WWN and node WWN VT PID: virtual target PID Host (initiator) PWWN Host (initiator): node WWN Host (initiator) PID: hoist PID VI: virtual initiator port WWN and node WWN VI PID: virtual initiator PID LUN Number: numeric identifier LUN Serial Number: alpha-numeric identifier...
  • Page 234 cryptoCfg Number of blocks: numeric value Block size: numeric value (in KB) Size of the LUN (in bytes) Current logical block address (LBA) being processed Rekey Role: Primary Or Backup Use the --show -tape_sessions command to display all tape sessions in progress on the local node or for a specific container.

  • Page 235: Crypto_Target_Container_Name

    cryptoCfg Upon commit of a CTC configuration, one virtual target (VT) is created, and for each initiator that has the access to the target port, one virtual initiator (VI) is created. These virtual devices are created by logging into the fabric and registering with the Name Server.

  • Page 236: New_Node_Wwn [New_Slot]

    cryptoCfg --failback -EE Performs a manual failback of all CTCs that were failed over earlier to another encryption engine within an HA cluster to a "new" specified encryption engine. This command generates an error if the specified current encryption engine and new encryption engine are not members of the same HA cluster or if the current encryption engine or the new encryption engine are offline.

  • Page 237: Lun_Num | Lun_Num_Range

    cryptoCfg initiator_PWWN Specifies the initiator port WWN. --add -LUN Adds a LUN to a CTC and optionally sets encryption policies for the LUN. The maximum number of Tape LUNs that can be added to an Initiator in a container is 8.

  • Page 238: -Encrypt | -Cleartext

    cryptoCfg native The LUN uses the Brocade metadata format and algorithm for the encryption and decryption of data. This is the default mode. DF_compatible The LUN uses the NetApp DataFort metadata format and algorithm for the encryption and decryption of data. Use of this format requires a NetApp DataFort-compatible license to be present on the encryption switch or the chassis that houses the encryption blade.

  • Page 239: [-Enable_Encexistingdata | -Disable_Encexistingdata] [-Enablerekey Time_Period | -Disable_Rekey]

    cryptoCfg --modify -LUN Modifies the encryption policies of one or more LUNs in a specified CTC. This command is valid only on the group leader. The following operands are required when modifying a LUN: crypto_target_container_name Specifies the name of the CTC to which the LUNs belong. LUN_Num | range Specifies the LUN number either as a 16-bit (2 bytes) number in hex notation (for example, 0x07) or as a 64-bit (8 bytes) number in WWN format (for example,...
  • Page 240 cryptoCfg initiator_PWWN Specifies the initiator port WWN for the LUN to be removed. --enable -LUN Forces the LUN to become enabled for encryption from a disabled state. This command must be executed on the local switch that is hosting the LUN. No commit is required after executing this command.
  • Page 241 cryptoCfg -encrypt | -cleartext Enables encryption or cleartext (no encryption). By default, cleartext is enabled. -key_lifespan time_in_days | none Specifies the lifespan of the encryption key in days. The key expires after the specified number of days. The default value is none, which means the key does not expire until the value is set.
  • Page 242 cryptoCfg -include_mirror Initiates a manual rekey operation on all primary LUNs and mirror LUNs in read-only state. In addition, this command also starts a manual rekey operation on all primary and nonreplicated LUNs in read-write state. --resume_rekey Resumes a suspended rekey session for a specified disk LUN at the termination point.
  • Page 243 cryptoCfg -all -stat Displays runtime status information for all configured tape pools in the encryption group. -label pool_label | -num pool_num Displays tape pool configuration or runtime status information for a single tape pool specified either by a tape pool label or a number. These operands must be used with either the -stat or the -cfg option.
  • Page 244 cryptoCfg --clearstats -container Clears compressed or uncompressed blocks and/or byte counters for the specified containers. Specify one of the following operands: -all Clears blocks and/or byte counters for all CryptoTarget tape containers. crypto_target_container_name Clears blocks and/or byte counters for all CryptoLUNs of the specified CryptoTarget tape container.
  • Page 245 cryptoCfg --EE node_WWN slot Specifies the node WWN of any encryption engine in the encryption group. This command frees up all WWNs associated with the specified encryption engines for reallocation. You must specify a slot number in addition to the EE node WWN. To complete the reclaiming of an EE, you must remove the EE from the chassis after the reclaim operation and commit the transaction.
  • Page 246 cryptoCfg You are about to enable a new zoning configuration. This action will replace the old zoning configuration with the current configuration selected. Do you want to enable 'itcfg' configuration \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y zone config "itcfg" is in effect Updating flash ...
  • Page 247 cryptoCfg Commit the device configuration. FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --commit Operation Succeeded Display Crypto LUN runtime status. FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -LUN my_disk_tgt 0 10:00:00:00:c9:2b:c9:3a -stat Container name: my_disk_tgt Type: disk EE node: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:9a:7e EE slot: E hosting container: current Target: 20:0c:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d \ 20:00:00:06:2b:0f:72:6d Target PID: 0208d3...
  • Page 248 cryptoCfg LUN number: LUN type: disk LUN status: Encryption mode: encrypt Encryption format: native Encrypt existing data: disabled Rekey: disabled Key ID: not available Operation Succeeded 10. Display the zone configuration (note that a frame redirection zone has been created automatically to route traffic between host, VT, VI and target, VI, VT.) FabricAdmin:switch>...
  • Page 249 cryptoCfg Target: 50:01:10:a0:00:8c:28:ba \ 50:01:10:a0:00:8c:28:b9 20:08:00:05:1e:53:8a:24 \ 20:09:00:05:1e:53:8a:24 Number of host(s): Configuration status: committed Host: 10:00:00:05:1e:53:68:28 \ 20:00:00:05:1e:53:68:28 20:0a:00:05:1e:53:8a:24 \ 20:0b:00:05:1e:53:8a:24 Number of LUN(s): To display all configured tape pools: FabricAdmin:switch> cryptocfg --show -tapepool -all Tape pool label: tpool.00001 Key life: 0 (days) Encryption mode: encrypt...
  • Page 250 cryptoCfg LUN state: First time re-key is in progress Encryption algorithm: AES256-XTS Key ID state: Re-key Key ID:eb:d0:48:ce:e9:f2:40:89:da:d4:7e:10:18:72:fa:15 Key creation time: Fri May 16 02:03:48 2008 Key life: 300 (days) Rekey status: Key expiration time: Sun May 18 04:03:48 2008 Operation Succeeded To display CryptoTarget container configuration information For a disk LUN with rekeying enabled: FabricAdmin:switch>...
  • Page 251 cryptoCfg Number of uncompressed blocks: 37466 Number of compressed blocks: 36587 Number of uncompressed bytes: 2455059456 Number of compressed bytes: 1138031028 LUN number: Tape session number: Number of uncompressed blocks: Number of compressed blocks: Number of uncompressed bytes: Number of compressed bytes: Operation succeeded.
  • Page 252 cryptoCfg To clean up the stale crypto configurations from the ejected member node. switch:admin> cryptocfg --reclaimWWN -cleanup Warning: There are stale (Container|HA|Tape) cryptodb \ configurations. Please confirm to delete them. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y Warning: These are the list of crypto configuration \ files to be cleaned up: Inside /etc/fabos/mace (crypto_dek.db.0, crypto_dev.db.0, \...
  • Page 253 cryptoCfg --transshow Displays the pending database transaction for any device configurations invoked earlier through the CLI or DCFM interfaces. The command displays the transaction status (completed or pending), the transaction ID, and the transaction owner (CLI or DCFM) FUNCTION 6. Device decommissioning SYNOPSIS cryptocfg --help -decommission cryptocfg --decommission -container container_name...
  • Page 254 cryptoCfg --decommission Decommissions a disk LUN hosted in a specified container as seen from the initiator. You must issue this command from the node that hosts the container. Upon successful completion of a decommissioning operation, the LUN is deleted from all the containers hosting it. All active paths to the LUN are lost; there is no need to execute a decommissioning operation separately for each path associated with the LUN.

  • Page 255: Datatypeshow

    dataTypeShow dataTypeShow Displays sample data stream types used in some diagnostic commands. SYNOPSIS datatypeshow [-seed value] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display sample data stream types used in diagnostic commands. There are 25 different sample data types. The command displays an example of each data stream. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 256: Date

    date date Displays or sets the switch date and time. SYNOPSIS date ["newdate"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or set the date and time. All switches maintain current date and time in flash memory. Date and time are used for logging events. Normal switch operation does not depend on the date and time;...
  • Page 257 date EXAMPLES To display the current date and time and then modify it: switch:admin> date Thu Mar 24 17:15:00 UTC 2011 switch:admin> date "03224182011" Thu Mar 24 18:20:26 UTC 2011 SEE ALSO errShow, ficonCupSet, ficonCupShow, portLogShow, tsClockServer, tsTimeZone, upTime Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 258: Dbgshow

    dbgShow dbgShow Displays current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. SYNOPSIS dbgshow [module_name] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current values of debug and verbosity levels of the specified module. If no module name is specified, this command displays a listing of all modules along with debug and verbosity levels.

  • Page 259: Defzone

    defZone defZone Sets or displays the default zone access mode. SYNOPSIS defzone [--noaccess | --allaccess | --show] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or set the Default Zone access mode. Setting the Default Zone mode initializes a zoning transaction (if one is not already in progress), and create reserved zoning objects. A default zone controls device access when zoning is not enabled.
  • Page 260 defZone A cfgSave, cfgEnable, or cfgDisable command must be performed subsequent to the use of this command to commit the changes and distribute them to the fabric. If a cfgSave is performed and the fabric is already in the No Access default zone state, a cfgDisable is sent to the fabric.

  • Page 261: Diagclearerror

    diagClearError diagClearError Clears the diagnostics failure status. SYNOPSIS diagclearerror [[--slot] slot] -all DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the diagnostics failure status. When used without operands, this command clears all port failure flags. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 262: Diagdisablepost

    diagDisablePost diagDisablePost Disables the power-on self-test (POST). SYNOPSIS diagdisablepost DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. Use the diagPost command to display the current POST status, and use diagEnablePost to enable POST. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 263: Diagenablepost

    diagEnablePost diagEnablePost Enables the power-on self-test (POST). SYNOPSIS diagenablepost DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable POST. A reboot is not required for this command to take effect. POST includes two phases: POST Phase I mainly tests hardware and POST Phase II tests system functionality. Use the diagPost command to display the current POST status, and use diagDisablePost to disable POST.

  • Page 264: Diaghelp

    diagHelp diagHelp Displays diagnostic command information. SYNOPSIS diaghelp DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a short description of diagnostic commands. Use default operands when running diagnostics commands. Non-default settings require detailed knowledge of the underlying hardware and are intended for support personnel only. Contact support if you want to use these operands.

  • Page 265: Diagpost

    diagPost diagPost Displays the diagnostic power-on self-test (POST) configuration. SYNOPSIS diagpost DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current POST configuration. Use diagEnablePost or diagDisablePost to modify the POST configuration. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 266: Diagretry

    diagRetry diagRetry Sets or displays diagnostic retry mode. SYNOPSIS diagretry [mode | -show] DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable retry mode if the mode value is nonzero and to disable the retry mode if the mode value is 0. The mode value is saved in nonvolatile memory until you change the mode. Changes made by this command do not require a reboot to take effect.

  • Page 267: Diagshow

    diagShow diagShow Displays diagnostics status. SYNOPSIS diagshow [--slot number] [-uports itemlist] [-bports itemlist] [-use_bports value] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the diagnostics status for the specified list of blade or user ports. NOTES On 10 Gbps and 16 Gbps (Condor3-based) platforms, the following output fields display invalid values, unless diagShow is executed while the spinFab or the portTest tests are running: "Speed", "FrTX", "FrRX", "LLI Errs", "Loopback", "Total Diag Frames Tx"...

  • Page 268: Distribute

    distribute distribute Distributes data to switches in a fabric. SYNOPSIS distribute -p policy_list -d switch_list DESCRIPTION Use this command to distribute data to a specified list of switches in the fabric. The distributed data must be from the list of currently supported policy sets: Switch Connection Control Policy Device Connection Control Policy Password Database and Password Configuration Policy...
  • Page 269 distribute To distribute the Switch Connection Control Policy, Fabric Configuration Server Policy, and Password database to all domains in the fabric that support the distribute feature: switch:admin> distribute -p "SCC;FCS;PWD" -d "*" Wildcard domains are: 1 3 5 To distribute the FCS policy, and the Password database to all domains in the fabric that support the distribute feature: switch:admin>...

  • Page 270: Dlsreset

    dlsReset dlsReset Disables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS). SYNOPSIS dlsreset DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable Dynamic Load Sharing. If DLS is turned off, load sharing calculations are used only to place new routes. Once placed, existing routes are never moved from one output E_Port to another, unless the original output E_Port is no longer a recognized path to the remote domain.

  • Page 271: Dlsset

    dlsSet dlsSet Enables Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) without frame loss. SYNOPSIS dlsset dlsset --enable -lossless dlsset --disable -lossless dlsset --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) in the event of a fabric change, to configure DLS without frame loss, and to display the DLS configuration.
  • Page 272 dlsSet NOTES For switches running Fabric OS v7.1.0 or later, you can enable Losseless (or enable Fabric Management Server mode) when XISL is enabled and enable XISL when Lossless or Fabric Management Server mode is enabled.. When you downgrade from Fabric OS v7.1.x to Fabric OS v7.0.x the following rules apply: If Lossless (or Fabric Management Server mode) and XISL use are not enabled at the same time, firmware download can be executed.
  • Page 273 dlsSet switch:admin> dlsreset DLS can not be changed with current routing policy switch:admin> dlsset DLS can not be changed with current routing policy switch:admin> dlsset --enable -lossless Lossless is set switch:admin> dlsset --disable -lossless Lossless is not set switch:admin> dlssshow DLS is set by default with current routing policy DLS configuration commands on a switch with a port-based policy: switch:admin>...
  • Page 274 dlsSet To attempt to enable Lossless while XISL use is enabled: switch:admin> dlsset --enable -lossless Lossless option cannot be enabled when XISL use is allowed. Please disable the switch with 'switchdisable' and run \ 'configure' to disallow XISL use before enabling Lossless. SEE ALSO aptPolicy, dlsReset, dlsShow, iodReset, iodSet, iodShow, uRouteShow, topologyShow...

  • Page 275: Dlsshow

    dlsShow dlsShow Displays the setting of the Dynamic Load Sharing (DLS) option. SYNOPSIS dlsshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about Dynamic Load Sharing configuration settings on the switch. Depending on the configuration, the command output displays one of the following messages: •...

  • Page 276: Dnsconfig

    dnsConfig dnsConfig Sets, displays, or removes domain name service (DNS) parameters. SYNOPSIS dnsconfig dnsconfig --add -domain name -serverip1 ipaddr serverip2 ipaddr dnsconfig --delete dnsconfig --show dnsconfig --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display, set, or remove the domain name service parameters. The domain name service parameters are the domain name and the name server IP address for primary and secondary name servers.
  • Page 277 dnsConfig Enter Name Server IP address in dot notation: [] \ 123.123.123.123 Enter Name Server IP address in dot notation: [] \ 123.123.123.124 DNS parameters saved successfully Enter option 1 Display Domain Name Service (DNS) configuration 2 Set DNS configuration 3 Remove DNS configuration 4 Quit Select an item: (1..4) [4] 4...

  • Page 278: Enclosureshow

    enclosureShow enclosureShow Displays attributes of the switch enclosure. SYNOPSIS enclosureshow attribute DESCRIPTION Use this command to display attributes of the switch enclosure, including the vendor-specific enclosure identifier and the identifier of the enclosure interface to which the switch is attached. This command applies to products that are embedded in a blade server or storage chassis.
  • Page 279 enclosureShow connfuse Information about whether or not the switch has a fuse. uuid The Universal Unique ID for the switch if visible to the enclosure manager. mmmacaddr The enclosure manager's Ethernet MAC Address. snmpports The SNMP agent and trap ports if visible to the enclosure manager. EXAMPLES To display the identifier of the enclosure interface to which the switch is attached: switch:admin>...

  • Page 280: Errclear

    errClear errClear Clears all error log messages for all switch instances on this Control Processor (CP). SYNOPSIS errclear DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear all internal and external error log messages for all switch instances on the CP where the command is executed. For products with a single processor, all error log messages are cleared.

  • Page 281: Errdelimiterset

    errDelimiterSet errDelimiterSet Sets the error log start and end delimiters for messages sent to the console and syslog. SYNOPSIS errdelimiterset [-s "start_delimiter_string"] [-e "end_delimiter_string"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the error log start and end delimiters for log messages sent to the console and syslog.

  • Page 282: Errdump

    errDump errDump Displays the error log without pagination. SYNOPSIS errdump [--all] errdump [--count number] errdump [--reverse] errdump [--severity severity] errdump [--slot slotnum] errdump [--attribute attribute] errdump [--message msgID] errdump [--help] DESCRIPTION Use this command to dump external error log messages without any page breaks. When executed without operands, this command prints all error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed.
  • Page 283 errDump NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: --all Displays messages for the entire chassis for a user with admin and chassis permissions.
  • Page 284 errDump Spir_67, port 0, incompatible Long distance mode. 2010/12/17-22:29:17, [LOG-1000], 9043, CHASSIS, INFO, \ Spir_67, Previous message repeated 1 time(s) (output truncated) To display messages for a slot: switch:admin> errdump --slot 4 Fabric OS: v7.1.0errDump 2012/06/19-03:26:44, [HAM-1004], 31, SLOT 4 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, Processor rebooted - Reboot.
  • Page 285 errDump To display messages based on count value: switch:admin> errdump --count 3 Fabric OS: v7.1.0errDump 2012/06/18-20:23:09, [LOG-1003], 1, SLOT 5 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, The log has been cleared. 2012/06/18-20:24:52, [SULB-1001], 2, SLOT 5 | CHASSIS, WARNING, \ pluto_19, Firmwaredownload command has started. 2012/06/18-20:24:52, [SULB-1036], 3, SLOT 5 | CHASSIS, INFO, \ pluto_19, The current Version: Fabric OS v7.1.0_rasadmin To display raslog messages based on a message ID:...

  • Page 286: Errfilterset

    errFilterSet errFilterSet Sets a filter for an error log destination. SYNOPSIS errfilterset [-d destination][-v severity] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set a filter for an error log destination. A filter is set based on the severity level of the messages. When used without operands, this command displays the filters that are currently in configured.

  • Page 287: Errmoduleshow

    errModuleShow errModuleShow Displays all the defined error log modules. SYNOPSIS errmoduleshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a list of all defined error log modules. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 288: Errshow

    errShow errShow Displays the error log messages with pagination. SYNOPSIS errshow [-a | -r] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display external error log messages one at a time. When executed without operands, this command prints the error messages for the logical switch context in which the command is executed.
  • Page 289 errShow EXAMPLES To display the error log for the chassis: switch:admin> errshow -a Fabric OS: v6.4.0 2010/08/25-10:10:41, [SEC-1203], 9036, CHASSIS, INFO, \ Spir_67, Login information : Login successful via \ TELNET/SSH/RSH. IP Addr: 10.106.7.62 [Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: 2010/08/25-10:13:41, [ZONE-1022], 9037, CHASSIS, INFO,\ Spir_67, The effective configuration has changed to meh.

  • Page 290: Exit

    exit exit DESCRIPTION See logout. SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 291: Fabretryshow

    fabRetryShow fabRetryShow Displays the retry count of the fabric commands. SYNOPSIS fabretryshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the retry count of the fabric commands. For each port, the command output displays counts for the following Switch Internal Link Service (SW_ILS) requests: Exchange Link Parameters Exchange Fabric Parameters HA_EFP...
  • Page 292 fabRetryShow NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display the retry count of Fabric OS Commands: switch:user>...

  • Page 293: Fabretrystats

    fabRetryStats fabRetryStats Displays or manages the retry count of fabric commands. SYNOPSIS fabretrystats --show fabretrystats --clear fabretrystats --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to view and clear the retry count of the fabric commands. The --clear option clears the counters for all the Switch Internal Link Service (SW_ILS) requests. For each E/D_Port, the --show option displays the counters for the following Switch Internal Link Service (SW_ILS) requests: Exchange Link Parameters Exchange Fabric Parameters...
  • Page 294 fabRetryStats DIAG_CMD Diagnostic Command NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: --show Displays the retry count of fabric commands for all E_Ports and D_Ports.

  • Page 295: Fabriclog

    fabricLog fabricLog Displays (all users) or manipulates (admin) the fabric log. SYNOPSIS fabriclog -s | --show [dport] fabriclog -c | --clear [dport] fabriclog -d | --disable fabriclog -e | --enable fabriclog -r size | --resize size fabriclog -h | --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display, clear, disable, enable, or resize the fabric log.
  • Page 296 fabricLog The non-Principal switch is processing an RDI. The switch is in offline state. Port state. Port states include the following: The port is offline. The port is online. Exchange Link Parameters (ELP) Accept Frame (ACC) received. Link reset occurred on master or E_Port. Trunk Initiator: Exchange Mark Timestamp (EMT) sent.
  • Page 297 fabricLog NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: -s | --show [dport] Displays the fabric log.
  • Page 298 fabricLog To display the cleared fabric log after the size was changed: switch:admin> fabriclog -s Time Stamp Input and *Action S, P Sn,Pn Port ======================================================== Number of entries: 0 Max number of entries: 64 SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 299: Fabricname

    fabricName fabricName Configures the fabric name parameter. SYNOPSIS fabricname --set fabric_name fabricname --clear fabricname --show fabricname --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a name for the fabric. With Virtual Fabrics it is not uncommon to have multiple fabrics in a single chassis. These logical fabrics are identified by their Fabric ID.
  • Page 300 fabricName switch:user> fabricname --show Fabric Name: "my new fabric" To clear the fabric name: switch:user> fabricname --clear Fabric Name cleared! switch:user> fabricname --show Fabric Name is not configured SEE ALSO switchShow, fabricShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 301: Fabricprincipal

    fabricPrincipal fabricPrincipal Sets the principal switch selection mode. SYNOPSIS fabricprincipal --help | -h fabricprincipal [--show | -q] fabricprincipal --enable [ -priority | -p priority] [-force | -f ] fabricprincipal --disable fabricprincipal [-f] mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to set principal switch selection mode for a switch and to set priorities for principal switch selection.
  • Page 302 fabricPrincipal --enable Enables principal switch selection. The following operands are optional. If you do not provide a priority value, the system assigns the default of 0x01 or generates a value based on the switch state. -priority | -p priority Sets the principal selection priority of the switch. The specified priority value is used in the principal switch selection protocol when the fabric rebuilds.
  • Page 303 fabricPrincipal To enable the mode setting: switch:admin> fabricprincipal 1 Principal Selection Mode enabled To enable the mode setting and force fabric rebuild: switch:admin> fabricprincipal -f 1 Principal Selection Mode enabled \ (Forcing fabric rebuild) To display the principal switch selection priority: switch:admin>...

  • Page 304: Fabricshow

    fabricShow fabricShow Displays fabric membership information. SYNOPSIS fabricshow [-membership | -chassis] fabricshow -help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about switches in the fabric. If the switch is initializing or is disabled, the message "no fabric" is displayed. Running this command on an FCR or edge switch does not provide any router information; running this command on an edge switch with the -membership option does provide router information.
  • Page 305 fabricShow NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: -membership Displays fabric membership information with additional details of the FC Router, if present in the fabric.
  • Page 306 fabricShow To show additional details about the chassis: switch:admin> fabricshow -chassis Switch ID Name ENET IP Addr Chassis WWN Chassis Name --------------------------------------------------------------------- 4:fffc04 sw5100_126_128 10.38.17.126 10:00:00:05:1e:0e:eb:58 Brcd5100 5:fffc05 sw1500_127_128 10.38.17.127 10:00:00:05:1e:0e:eb:98 Brcd5100 The Fabric has 2 switches SEE ALSO fabricName, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 307: Fabstatsshow

    fabStatsShow fabStatsShow Displays fabric statistics. SYNOPSIS fabstatsshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display statistics for the fabric. The following information is displayed: • Number of times a switch domain ID has been forcibly changed • Number of E_Port offline transitions •...
  • Page 308 fabStatsShow NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display the fabric statistics: switch:admin>...

  • Page 309: Fandisable

    fanDisable fanDisable Disables a fan unit. SYNOPSIS fandisable unit DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable a nonfaulty fan unit by setting the RPM speed to 0. NOTES This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 5300. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 310: Fanenable

    fanEnable fanEnable Enables a fan unit. SYNOPSIS fanenable unit DESCRIPTION Use this command to set a previously disabled fan unit back to the default RPM speed. NOTES This command is not available on nonbladed systems except for the Brocade 5300. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 311: Fanshow

    fanShow fanShow Displays fan status and speed. SYNOPSIS fanshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current status and speed of each fan in the system. Fan status is displayed as follows: Fan is functioning correctly. absent Fan is not present. below minimum Fan is present but rotating too slowly or stopped.

  • Page 312: Fapwwn

    faPwwn faPwwn Manages fabric-assigned port world wide names. SYNOPSIS fapwwn --enable -port [slot/]port[-port] fapwwn --enable -ag AG_WWN] -port port fapwwn --disable -port [slot/]port[-port] fapwwn --disable -ag AG_WWN -port port fapwwn --assign [-ag AG_WWN] -port [slot/]port [-v VPWWN] fapwwn --delete -port [slot/]port[-port] fapwwn --delete -ag AG_WWN [-port port] fapwwn --delete -v VWWN fapwwn --move -srcport source_port -dstport dest_port...
  • Page 313 faPwwn A single port can be assigned up to two WWNs, one assigned automatically and one assigned by the user. Only one FA-PWWN can be active at any given time. The user-assigned FA-PWWN takes precedence over the automatically assigned FA-PWWN. This means, the switch will bind the user-assigned FA-PWWN to the port if both a user-assigned and an automatically assigned FA-PWWN are available.
  • Page 314 faPwwn The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS this command has the following operands: --enable Enables the FA-PWWN feature on the specified switch ports or AG ports.
  • Page 315 faPwwn Specifies all ports on the logical switch. This operand is valid only with the --show option. --move Moves an active FA-PWWN from a source to the specified destination port. Use this command to move a server across switch ports. If the source port has both a user-assigned and an automatically assigned FA-PWWN, the user-assigned FA-PWWN will be moved to the destination port as a user-assigned FA-PWWN and replace any automatically assigned FA-PWWN that may be active on that...
  • Page 316 faPwwn To assign an user-assigned FA-PWWN to an AG port: fapwwn --assign -ag 12:34:56:78:90:12:23:45 -port 0 \ -v 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88 To delete the active FA-PWWN of a switch port: fapwwn --delete -port 10 To delete the active FA-PWWN of an AG port: fapwwn --delete -ag 12:34:56:78:90:12:34:56 -port 10 To display the active FA-PWWN for a single FC port (the real device PWWN is hidden): fapwwn --show -port 10...
  • Page 317 faPwwn 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:88 11403 AG/User 52:00:10:00:00:0f:50:32 2:00:10:00:00:0f:50:33 11404 AG/Auto 52:00:10:00:00:0f:50:38 AG/Auto (output split) To display the active FA-PWWNs of all ports associated with a single AG (in the following example, one VPWWN is not unassigned): fapwwn --show -ag 10:00:00:05:1e:d7:3d:dc ----------------------------------------------------------- AG Port Port Device Port WWN -----------------------------------------------------------...

  • Page 318: Fastboot

    fastBoot fastBoot Reboots the Control Processor (CP), bypassing the Power-On Self-Test (POST). SYNOPSIS fastboot DESCRIPTION Use this command to perform a "cold reboot" (power off/restart) of the CP bypassing POST when the system comes back up. Bypassing POST can reduce boot time significantly. If POST was previously disabled using the diagDisablePost command, then fastBoot is the same as reBoot.
  • Page 319 fastBoot To reboot a DCX without executing POST on startup (in the example, HA is enabled): switch:admin> fastboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010...

  • Page 320: Fciphelp

    fcipHelp fcipHelp Displays FCIP command information. SYNOPSIS fciphelp DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a listing of Fibre Channel over IP (FCIP) commands with short descriptions for each command. FCIP commands require an FCIP license. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 321: Fcipledtest

    fcipLedTest fcipLedTest Exercises the GbE port LEDS on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. SYNOPSIS fcipledtest [slot | all] DESCRIPTION Use this command to exercise the GbE port LEDs on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24. This test cycles through the port LEDs by lighting GREEN and then flashing GREEN on all ports for 3 seconds. As the test continues the ports turn AMBER and then flashing AMBER for 3 seconds.

  • Page 322: Fcippathtest

    fcipPathTest fcipPathTest Tests the data path of the FCIP complex. SYNOPSIS fcippathtest [--slot slot] [-lb_mode mode] [-nframes count] DESCRIPTION Use this command to verify the data paths in the FCIP complex. All data path modes run tests by comparing Fibre Channel frames or data packets transmitted from and received by the network processor due to the designated loopback.
  • Page 323 fcipPathTest EXAMPLES To run the test on slot 2: switch:admin> fcippathtest --slot 2 Running fcippathtest ....Test Complete: fcippathtest Pass 10 of 10 Duration 0 hr, 1 min & 50 sec (0:1:50:942). passed. SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 324: Fcoe

    fcoe fcoe Manages and displays FCoE configuration. SYNOPSIS fcoe --cfgshow [[slot/]port] fcoe --portcfg [[slot/]port] ve_port | vf_port fcoe --disable [slot/]port fcoe --enable [slot/]port fcoe --loginshow [[slot/]port] fcoe --fcmapset -vlan vid fcmapid fcoe --fcmapunset -vlan vid fcoe --fipcfg -advintvl intvl fcoe --fipcfgshow fcoe --resetlogin [-teport [slot/]port | -device wwn] fcoe --help DESCRIPTION...
  • Page 325 fcoe --enable Enables the specified FCoE port. --loginshow Displays information about the devices logged in to the specified FCoE port. --fcmapset Configures the FCMAP values for Fabric Provided MAC Addresses (FPMA) for the specified VLANs. -vlan vid Specifies the VLAN for which to set the FCMAP. fcmapid Specifies the FCMAP to be set.
  • Page 326 fcoe (Trunk port, master is Port 850200 Online E-Port (Trunk port, master is Port 850300 Online E-Port (Trunk port, master is Port 850400 Online E-Port (Trunk port, master is Port 850500 Online E-Port (Trunk port, master is Port 850600 Online E-Port (Trunk port, master is Port 850700...
  • Page 327 fcoe 18 ENABLED 20:12:00:05:1e:76:60:80 0 FCoE VF-Port 00:05:1e:76:60:8a 128 19 ENABLED 20:13:00:05:1e:76:60:80 0 FCoE VF-Port 00:05:1e:76:60:8b 128 20 ENABLED 20:14:00:05:1e:76:60:80 0 FCoE VF-Port 00:05:1e:76:60:8c 128 21 ENABLED 20:15:00:05:1e:76:60:80 0 FCoE VF-Port 00:05:1e:76:60:8d 128 (output truncated) To display FIP and FCMAP configurations on the Brocade 8000: switch:admin>...

  • Page 328: Fcoelogincfg

    fcoeLoginCfg fcoeLoginCfg Manages or displays the FCoE login configuration. SYNOPSIS fcoelogincfg --show [-switch swwn | -logingroup lgname] [-saved] | [-mergestatus] fcoelogincfg --save fcoelogincfg --transshow fcoelogincfg --transabort fcoelogincfg --purge -conflicting [-nonexisting] fcoelogincfg --purge -nonexisting [-conflicting] fcoelogincfg --enable fcoelogincfg --disable fcoelogincfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to save, abort, or display the current FCoE login configuration, including ongoing transactions and the effective (saved) configuration.
  • Page 329 fcoeLoginCfg --transshow Displays the current configuration transaction in progress fabric-wide. --transabort Aborts the FCoE login configuration transaction currently in progress. --purge Purges the specified entries from the effective configuration. Specify one or both of the following operands: -conflicting Purges all conflicting login groups and conflicting VN_Port mappings from the effective configuration.
  • Page 330 fcoeLoginCfg To perform a clean-up of the effective configuration: switch:admin> fcoelogincfg --purge -conflicting -nonexisting switch:admin> To disable the FCoE login configuration management on the switch: switch:admin> fcoelogincfg --disable switch:admin> fcoelogincfg --show Login management is disabled. Effective Configuration *********************** Login management is disabled. SEE ALSO fcoeLoginGroup Fabric OS Command Reference...

  • Page 331: Fcoelogingroup

    fcoeLoginGroup fcoeLoginGroup Creates and manages FCoE login group configuration. SYNOPSIS fcoelogingroup --create lgname -self | -switch swwn [-allowall | member[;member] ...] fcoelogingroup --delete lgname fcoelogingroup --add lgname member[;member] ... fcoelogingroup --remove lgname wwn fcoelogingroup --rename lgname newlgname fcoelogingroup --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to create or modify the FCoE login management configuration fabric-wide.
  • Page 332 fcoeLoginGroup lgname Specifies the name of the login group. --add Adds VN_Port devices to the login group. lgname Specifies the name of the login group to which VN_Port devices are to be added. member Identifies the WWN of the VN_Port. The WWN must be specified in hex as xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.xx.

  • Page 333: Fcping

    fcPing fcPing Sends a Fibre Channel Extended Link Service (ELS) Echo request to a pair of ports or to a single destination, or executes a SuperPing. SYNOPSIS fcping [--number frames] [--length size] [--interval wait] [--pattern pattern] [--bypasszone] [--quiet] [source] destination fcping --allpaths [-printisl] [-maxtries M]...
  • Page 334 fcPing Logical Fabrics: When executed in a Logical Fabric from a switch to a destination device connected through the base fabric, SuperPing exercises all paths in the base fabric along with the ISLs in the logical fabric. The path output indicates the LISLs and the base switch. Refer to the Examples section for an illustration.
  • Page 335 fcPing --bypasszone Bypasses the zone check. --quiet Suppresses the diagnostic output. Only zoning information, if applicable, and the summary line are displayed. The following operands are valid only when fcPing is executed to perform a SuperPing: --allpaths [args] destination Executes a SuperPing that covers all available paths to the specified destination. The number of actual paths covered depends on two other parameters that you can optionally specify.
  • Page 336 fcPing EXAMPLES To display one device that accepts the request and another device that rejects the request: switch:admin> fcping 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4 21:00:00:20:37:25:ad:05 Source: 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4 Destination: 21:00:00:20:37:25:ad:05 Zone Check: Not Zoned Pinging 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4 [0x20800] with 12 bytes of data: received reply from 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4: 12 bytes time:1162 usec received reply from 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4: 12 bytes time:1013 usec received reply from 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4: 12 bytes time:1442 usec received reply from 10:00:00:00:c9:29:0e:c4: 12 bytes time:1052 usec...
  • Page 337 fcPing Request rejected by 0x022300: Command not supported: time: 1038 usec Request rejected by 0x022300: Command not supported: time: 1010 usec 5 frames sent, 0 frames received, 5 frames rejected, 0 frames timeout Round-trip min/avg/max = 1006/1044/1159 usec To use fcPing with a single destination (in the example, the destination is a switch WWN): switch:admin>...
  • Page 338 fcPing received reply from 20:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8:12 bytes time:714 usec received reply from 20:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8:12 bytes time:741 usec received reply from 20:00:00:00:c9:3f:7c:b8:12 bytes time:880 usec 5 frames sent,5 frames received,0 frames rejected,0 frames timeout Round-trip min/avg/max = 713/774/880 usec To execute a SuperPing testing all ISLs to a specified destination (in the example, two paths are tested, and each hop is displayed in Domain/Index format): switch:admin>...
  • Page 339 fcPing (101/8 ,101/EMB)[128] FAILED (101/3 ,101/EMB)[128] FAILED 4(101/3 ,101/EMB)[128] FAILED 101/8 ,101/EMB)[128] FAILED Completed superping for all paths. Error found in few paths ISL COVERAGE ------------- STATUS --------------------------------------------------- 3/123[128]-->165/96[128] ) SUCCESS(5/5) 3/205[128]--> 2/25[128] ) FAILURE(7/50) 3/204[128]--> 2/27[128] ) FAILURE(11/50) (165/99[128] -->101/16[128] ) SUCCESS(5/5) 2/42[128] -->101/3[128] FAILURE(10/67)
  • Page 340 fcPing INTERNAL PORT COVERAGE ----------------------- DOMAIN INTRNL_PORT STATUS ----------------------------------------- SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 341: Fcplogclear

    fcpLogClear fcpLogClear Clears the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS fcplogclear DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the debug information logged by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 342: Fcplogdisable

    fcpLogDisable fcpLogDisable Disables the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS fcplogdisable DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the logging of debug information by the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD). NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 343: Fcplogenable

    fcpLogEnable fcpLogEnable Enables the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS fcplogenable DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) logging. Debug information logging is enabled by default. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 344: Fcplogshow

    fcpLogShow fcpLogShow Displays the FCPD debug information log. SYNOPSIS fcplogshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the debug information logged at various stages during the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 345: Fcpprobeshow

    fcpProbeShow fcpProbeShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) probe information. SYNOPSIS fcpprobeshow [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the Fibre Channel Protocol daemon (FCPD) device probing information for the devices attached to the specified F_Port or FL_Port. This information includes the number of successful logins and SCSI INQUIRY commands sent over this port and a list of the attached devices.

  • Page 346: Fcprlsprobe

    fcpRlsProbe fcpRlsProbe Initiates the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Read Link Status (RLS) probing for F_Port and displays the RLS information. SYNOPSIS fcpRlsProbe --start [slot/]port_list fcpRlsProbe --show [slot/]port fcpRlsProbe --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to initiate the FCP RLS probing or to display the RLS information. This information describes the number of link failures, loss-of-signal, loss-of-sync, CRC errors, and other failure events detected on the specified port.
  • Page 347 fcpRlsProbe Last Updated : Fri May 18 08:44:11 2012 --------------------------------------------------------- link fail loss sync loss sig prtc err bad word crc err --------------------------------------------------------- 65555 SEE ALSO fcpRlsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 348: Fcprlsshow

    fcpRlsShow fcpRlsShow Displays the Fibre Channel Protocol (FCP) Read Link Status (RLS) information. SYNOPSIS fcprlsshow [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the FCP RLS information for an F_Port or FL_Port. This information describes the number of loss-of-signal, loss-of-sync, CRC errors, and other failure events detected on the specified port.
  • Page 349 fcpRlsShow Last Updated : Mar 4 03:17:52 2012 ------------------------------------------------------------ link fail loss sync loss sig prtc err bad word crc err ------------------------------------------------------------ 1035 306278 SEE ALSO portLoginShow, portShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 350: Fcrbcastconfig

    fcrBcastConfig fcrBcastConfig Displays or sets the broadcast frame forwarding option. SYNOPSIS fcrbcastconfig --show fcrbcastconfig --enable -f fabric_id fcrbcastconfig --disable -f fabric_id fcrbcastconfig --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable the broadcast frame option or to display the current configuration. If no operands are specified, this command displays the usage.
  • Page 351 fcrBcastConfig To display the new configuration: switch:admin> fcrbcastconfig --show Broadcast configuration is enabled for FID: 2 128 SEE ALSO bcastShow, portRouteShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 352: Fcrconfigure

    fcrConfigure fcrConfigure Sets FC Router configuration parameters. SYNOPSIS fcrconfigure DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure FC Router parameters. This is an interactive command. Before you can execute this command, you must disable FC routing by using the fosConfig command and disable the switch with the switchDisable command. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 353: Fcredgeshow

    fcrEdgeShow fcrEdgeShow Displays the FIDs of all configured EX_Ports. SYNOPSIS fcredgeshow fcredgeshow [-fid FabricID] fcredgeshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command without operand to display information about all Fabric IDs (FIDs) that have been created on the chassis and are assigned to EX_Ports. When a FID is specified, fcredgeshow displays information for all EX_Ports configured with the specified FID.
  • Page 354 fcrEdgeShow EXAMPLES To display the EX_Ports configured in the switch: switch:admin> fcredgeshow EX-port E-port Neighbor Switch (PWWN, SWWN ) Flags ----------------------------------------------------------------- 20:f4:00:05:1e:38:a4:cb 10:00:00:05:1e:38:a4:cb FEC ENCRYPTION COMPRESSION 2e:2b:00:05:1e:40:44:02 10:00:00:05:1e:40:44:02 ENCRYPTION COMPRESSION To display the EX_Ports configured with a specified FID: switch:admin> fcredgeshow -fid 25 FID EX-port E-port Neighbor Switch (PWWN, SWWN ) Flags...

  • Page 355: Fcrfabricshow

    fcrFabricShow fcrFabricShow Displays the FC Routers on a backbone fabric. SYNOPSIS fcrfabricshow fcrfabricshow --name fcrfabricshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about FC Routers that exist in an FC Router backbone fabric. The existing syntax is maintained for IPv6 support. When IPv6 addresses are not configured, the output of fcrFabricShow displays the IPv4 format.
  • Page 356 fcrFabricShow EXAMPLES To display the FC Routers in the backbone fabric: switch:admin> fcrfabricshow FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:59:81, Dom ID: 2, Info: 10.33.36.8, "swd77" EX_Port FID Neighbor Switch Info (enet IP, WWN, name) ------------------------------------------------------ 10.33.35.81 10:00:00:05:1e:34:01:d0 "B10_4" FC Router WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:41:1c:73, Dom ID: 4, Info: 10.33.36.12, "ttv12"...

  • Page 357: Fcrlsan

    fcrLsan fcrLsan Configures and displays LSAN policies. SYNOPSIS fcrlsan fcrlsan --add -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --remove -enforce tag | -speed tag fcrlsan --show -enforce | -speed | all fcrlsan --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to add or remove LSAN tags, or to display existing tags in the configuration. LSAN tagging optimizes an FC Router's behavior based on a specified subset of LSANS.
  • Page 358 fcrLsan --show Displays the specified tag from the LSAN tag configuration. --help Displays the command usage. -enforce tag Accepts only the LSANs from the edge fabric that matches the specified tag string into the local FCR database. A valid tag is a string of a maximum of eight characters.

  • Page 359: Fcrlsancount

    fcrLsanCount fcrLsanCount Displays or sets the maximum LSAN count. SYNOPSIS fcrlsancount [max_lsan_count] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set or display the maximum number of LSAN zones that can be configured on the edge fabric. By default, the maximum LSAN count is set to 3000, which is also the minimum. This command allows you to create up to 5000 LSANs on your edge fabric, if needed to support additional devices.

  • Page 360: Fcrlsanmatrix

    fcrLsanMatrix fcrLsanMatrix Creates, modifies, and displays the LSAN fabric matrix or the FCR matrix. SYNOPSIS fcrlsanmatrix fcrlsanmatrix --add -lsan FID FID | -fcr wwn wwn fcrlsanmatrix --remove -lsan FID FID | -fcr wwn wwn fcrlsanmatrix --apply -lsan | -fcr | -all fcrlsanmatrix --cancel -lsan | -fcr | -all fcrlsanmatrix --display -lsan | -fcr | -all fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview -lsan | -fcr...
  • Page 361 fcrLsanMatrix NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS If no operands are specified, this command displays the persistent LSAN Zone matrix information. The following operands are optional: --add -lsan FID FID | -fcr wwn wwn Adds the pair of edge fabrics or FCR members that can access each other to the...
  • Page 362 fcrLsanMatrix To zero out the database, execute the following commands: fcrlsanmatrix --add -lsan 0 0 fcrlsanmatrix --add -fcr 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 fcrlsanmatrix --apply -all • In a dual backbone configuration, execute fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview on the FCR switches to confirm that the shared edge fabric FIDs have the same access in both backbones. •...
  • Page 363 fcrLsanMatrix To view the persistent changes: switch:admin> fcrlsanmatrix -lsan LSAN MATRIX is activated Fabric ID 1 Fabric ID 2 -------------------------------------- To view the LSAN Zone static and default/dynamic binding in the backbone where online fabrics are: 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 10: switch:admin>...
  • Page 364 fcrLsanMatrix To view all the static and the default/dynamic fabric binding in the backbone: switch:admin> fcrlsanmatrix --fabricview -lsan LSAN MATRIX is activated Fabric ID 1 Fabric ID 2 -------------------------------------- Default LSAN Matrix: 57 91 To add FCR Bindings to the FCR matrix: switch:admin>...

  • Page 365: Fcrphydevshow

    fcrPhyDevShow fcrPhyDevShow Displays the FC Router physical device information. SYNOPSIS fcrphydevshow [-a][-f FID][-w wwn][-c][-d] [-h] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the physical (real) devices that are configured to be exported to other fabrics. A device is considered to be configured to be exported to another fabric if it is a member of an LSAN zone.
  • Page 366 fcrPhyDevShow local failure the number of times the device login failed because of missing LSAN zones within the device fabric. remote failure the number of times the device login failed due to missing LSAN zones within the remote fabric. Displays command usage. EXAMPLES To display the physical devices relevant to an FC Router: fcr:admin>...

  • Page 367: Fcrproxyconfig

    fcrProxyConfig fcrProxyConfig Displays or configures proxy devices presented by an FC Router. SYNOPSIS fcrproxyconfig [-s importedFID devWWN slot] [-r importedFID devWWN] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or set the persistent configuration of proxy devices presented by the local FC Router. When used without operand, this command displays the persistent proxy device configuration;...
  • Page 368 fcrProxyConfig If no proxy device WWN is stored in any slot for all edge fabrics, the following message is displayed: "All slots empty." NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 369: Fcrproxydevshow

    fcrProxyDevShow fcrProxyDevShow Displays FC Router proxy device information. SYNOPSIS fcrproxydevshow [-a][-f fabricid][-w wwn] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the proxy devices presented by FC Router EX_Ports and information about the proxy devices. A proxy device is a virtual device presented in to a fabric by an FC Router. A proxy device represents a real device on another fabric.
  • Page 370 fcrProxyDevShow -a -f fabricid Display the proxy devices in the specified fabric for all FC Routers in the same backbone fabric whether or not they are relevant to this FC Router. -f fabricid Display the proxy devices in the specified fabric that are relevant to this FC Router.

  • Page 371: Fcrresourceshow

    fcrResourceShow fcrResourceShow Displays FC Router physical resource usage. SYNOPSIS fcrresourceshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the FC Router-available resources. The maximum number allowed versus the currently used is displayed for various resources. The command output includes: LSAN Zones The maximum versus the currently used LSAN zones. LSAN Devices The maximum versus the currently used LSAN device database entries.
  • Page 372 fcrResourceShow OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display the resource usage for the local FC Router: switch:admin> fcrresourceshow Daemon Limits: Max Allowed Currently Used ---------------------------- LSAN Zones: 3000 LSAN Devices: 10000 1208 Proxy Device Slots: 10000 WWN Pool Size Allocated ---------------------------- Phantom Node WWN: 8192 3790 Phantom Port WWN:...

  • Page 373: Fcrrouterportcost

    fcrRouterPortCost fcrRouterPortCost Displays or sets an FC Router port cost. SYNOPSIS fcrrouterportcost [[slot/]port] [cost] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set or display the cost of the FC Router ports. You can set the cost of the link to one of two fixed values: 1000 or 10000. The option 0 sets the cost of the link to the default value based on link type (EX/VEX).
  • Page 374 fcrRouterPortCost To display the cost on an EX_Port: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 0 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost ------------------------ 7/10 1000 To set the cost of an EX_Port and display the result: switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 10000 switch:admin> fcrrouterportcost 7/10 Port Cost ------------------------ 7/10 10000...

  • Page 375: Fcrrouteshow

    fcrRouteShow fcrRouteShow Displays FC Router route information. SYNOPSIS fcrrouteshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display routes through the FC Router backbone fabric to accessible destination fabrics. An FC Router backbone fabric is the fabric that contains the E_Ports of this platform and routes inter-fabric traffic between imported fabrics, creating a meta-SAN.

  • Page 376: Fcrxlateconfig

    fcrXlateConfig fcrXlateConfig Configures a translate (xlate) domain's domain ID and state of persistence for both the EX_Port-attached fabric and the backbone fabric. SYNOPSIS fcrxlateconfig fcrxlateconfig importedFID exportedFID preferredDomainID fcrxlateconfig --remove | -r importedFID exportedFID fcrxlateconfig --enable persistxd fcrxlateconfig --disable persistxd fcrxlateconfig --show stalexd importedFID fcrxlateconfig --delete stalexd importedFID staleXlateDomainID fcrxlateconfig --help...
  • Page 377 fcrXlateConfig NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. Information displayed is not related to the entire backbone. The FC Router displays only connections to an edge fabric for which there are translate domain IDs.
  • Page 378 fcrXlateConfig --show stalexd [importedFID] Displays stale translate domains associated with the specified Fabric ID (1-128). A translate domain becomes stale when the remote edge fabric for which this translate domain was created in the specified edge fabric becomes unreachable. When issued without specifying an imported FID, this command lists all stale translate domains in all edge fabrics connected to the FCR.

  • Page 379: Fddcfg

    fddCfg fddCfg Manages the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. SYNOPSIS fddcfg --showall fddcfg --localaccept policy_list fddcfg --localreject policy_list fddcfg --fabwideset policy_list DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage the fabric data distribution configuration parameters. These parameters control the fabric-wide consistency policy. Switches can be locally configured to allow or reject a security policy.
  • Page 380 fddCfg --localreject policy_list Configures the switch to reject distributions of the specified policies in policy_list. However, a database cannot be rejected if it is specified in the fabric-wide consistency policy. The policies in policy_list must be separated by semicolons and enclosed in quotation marks; for example, "SCC;DCC". --fabwideset policy_list Sets the fabric-wide consistency policy.

  • Page 381: Fdmicacheshow

    fdmiCacheShow fdmiCacheShow Displays abbreviated remote FDMI device information, according to remote domain ID. SYNOPSIS fdmicacheshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display FDMI cache information for remote domains only. The state of each remote domain, identified by its domain ID, is shown to be unknown, known, unsupported, or error.

  • Page 382: Fdmishow

    fdmiShow fdmiShow Displays detailed FDMI information. SYNOPSIS fdmishow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display Fabric-Device Management Interface (FDMI) information for all Host Bus Adapters (HBAs) and ports. Detailed FDMI information is displayed for local HBAs and ports. Only abbreviated FDMI information is shown for HBA and ports on remote switches. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 383 fdmiShow Number of Ports: 2 Fabric Name: 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e8:00 Bios Version: 3.2.0.0_alpha_bld02_20120831_0705 Bios State: TRUE Vendor Identifier: BROCADE Vendor Info: 0x31000000 Local Port database contains: 10:00:8c:7c:ff:01:eb:00 Remote HBA database contains: 10:00:00:05:1e:ea:05:fa Ports: 1 10:00:00:05:1e:ea:05:fa Remote Port database contains: 10:00:00:05:1e:ea:05:fa SEE ALSO fdmiCacheShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 384: Ficoncfg

    ficonCfg ficonCfg Configures the specified FICON database. SYNOPSIS ficoncfg --set database port ficoncfg --reset database ficoncfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a FICON database on a specified port. Refer to ficonShow for a description of the database content. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 385: Ficonclear

    ficonClear ficonClear Clears the records from the specified FICON database. SYNOPSIS ficonclear database DESCRIPTION Use this command to remove records from the local FICON database. The command effect depends on the specified database. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 386: Ficoncupset

    ficonCupSet ficonCupSet Sets FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. SYNOPSIS ficoncupset fmsmode enable | disable ficoncupset modereg bitname 0 | 1 ficoncupset MIHPTO seconds ficoncupset CRP PID CHID DESCRIPTION Use this command to set FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. All parameters can be set while the switch is online.
  • Page 387 ficonCupSet Alternate control prohibited Host control prohibited MIHPTO Sets the missing interrupt handler primary timeout (MIHPTO) value for the CUP. The following operand is required: seconds Specifies the timeout value in seconds. Provide a decimal value in the range between 15 and 600 seconds. The default timeout value is 180 seconds. If a value greater than 63 seconds is specified, the timeout value is rounded down to the closest value divisible by 10.
  • Page 388 ficonCupSet 082300 Oper 082400 Reset 082400 Reset 612400 Reset Prim 612400 Reset SEE ALSO ficonCupShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 389: Ficoncupshow

    ficonCupShow ficonCupShow Displays FICON-CUP parameters for a switch. SYNOPSIS ficoncupshow fmsmode ficoncupshow modereg [bitname] ficoncupshow MIHPTO ficoncupshow DD_LOG ficoncupshow diag_info ficoncupshow hlthchk_log ficoncupshow LP DESCRIPTION Use this command to display FICON-CUP (Control Unit Port) parameters for a switch. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 390 ficonCupShow MIHPTO Displays the FICON-CUP missing interrupt handler primary timeout (MIHPTO) value in seconds. DD_LOG Displays the latest Director Diagnostics Log. diag_info Displays dignostic information for the logical switch such as whether Diagnostic Interval has been set for CUP Diagnostics (if so, then Statistics Sampling is running), along with additional information about Statistics Sampling by the CUP, the detected CUP Diagnostic capabilities and settings for other switches in the fabric..
  • Page 391 ficonCupShow 082300 Oper 082400 Reset 082400 Reset 612400 Reset Prim 612400 Reset SEE ALSO ficonCupSet, ficonHelp Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 392: Ficonhelp

    ficonHelp ficonHelp Displays a list of FICON support commands. SYNOPSIS ficonhelp DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a list of FICON support commands with descriptions. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 393: Ficonshow

    ficonShow ficonShow Displays the contents of the specified FICON database. SYNOPSIS ficonshow database [fabric | table | port port_index] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the contents of a FICON database. The ficonShow database operand is the name of the database to display. If the fabric operand is absent, the command displays the members of the named database that are local to the switch on which the command was issued.
  • Page 394 ficonShow Incident Count Displays the incident count. This number increases by 1 for each incident within the individual switch. Link Incident Description Same as Link Incident Type. Link Incident Type Indicates the link incident type as one of the following: •...
  • Page 395 ficonShow 0x40 Other FC-4s including FCP and updates. 0x60 FC-SB-2 and updates and other FC-4s including FCP and updates. 0x80 FC-4 support not specified. 0xa0 Reserved. 0xc0 Reserved. 0xe0 Vendor-specific. Byte BB Possible values include the following: 0x00 Unspecified class. 0x01 Direct access storage device, if it is a storage port;...
  • Page 396 ficonShow 0xID CHIPID if channel port has registered with the switch. 0xPN If switch has registered with the channel, PN represents the FL port number. Part Number Displays the switch chassis part number. Displays the 24-bit Fibre Channel port address in 0xDDAAPP format. DD is Domain ID.
  • Page 397 ficonShow Time Stamp Displays the timestamp, expressed in date format. Type Same as Port Type. Type Number Displays the type number of the self-describing node. It also describes the machine type. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 398 ficonShow EXAMPLES To display the local RNID database: switch:admin> ficonshow RNID {Fmt Type PID Registered Port WWN Registered Node WWN \ 0x18 N 502b00 50:05:07:64:01:00:15:8d 50:05:07:64:00:c1:69:ca \ flag Parm 0x10 0x200110 Type number: 002064 Model number: Manufacturer: Plant of Manufacture: 02 Sequence Number: 0000000169CA tag:...
  • Page 399 ficonShow To display RNID data for the specified port: switch:admin> ficonshow RNID port 0x08 {Fmt Type PID Registered Port WWN Registered Node WWN 0x18 E 010800 20:08:00:05:1e:57:b1:86 10:00:00:05:1e:57:b1:86\ flag Parm 0x00 0x200a00 Type number: BROCAD Model number: Manufacturer: Plant of Manufacture: CA Sequence Number: 0ALM0632D038 tag:...
  • Page 400 ficonShow To display the local RLIR database: switch:user> ficonshow RLIR {Fmt Type PID Port Incident Count TS Format Time Stamp 0x18 N 502e00 46 1 Time server Mon Jan 13 04:29:33 2003 Port Status: Link not operational Link Failure Type: Loss of signal or synchronization Registered Port WWN Registered Node WWN Flag...
  • Page 401 ficonShow 0x502b00 50:05:07:64:01:00:15:8d The Local ILIR database has 2 entries. SEE ALSO ficonClear Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 402: Fipscfg

    fipsCfg fipsCfg Configures FIPS (Federal Information Processing Standards) mode. SYNOPSIS fipscfg --enable fips | selftests | bootprom] [-nowarn] fipscfg --disable selftests | bootprom] [-nowarn] fipscfg --zeroize [-nowarn] fipscfg --show | --showall fipscfg --force fips fipscfg --verify fips DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure FIPS mode on the switch. In this mode, only FIPS-compliant algorithms are allowed.
  • Page 403 fipsCfg --zeroize [-nowarn] Erases all passwords, shared secrets, private keys, etc. in the system. --show | --showall Displays the current FIPS configuration. --force fips This option enables FIPS mode even if prerequisites are not met, except under the following two conditions: •...
  • Page 404 fipsCfg To attempt enabling FIPS when prerequisites are not met: switch:admin> fipscfg --enable fips SelfTests mode is not enabled. Root account is enabled. Authentication uses MD5 hash algorithm. Authentication uses DH group 0. Telnet port number <23> for the policy <default_ipv4> \ is in permit state.
  • Page 405 fipsCfg 1. Delete all existing CSRs. 2. Delete all existing certificates. 3. Reset the certificate filename to none. 4. Disable secure protocols. Continue (yes, y, no, n): [no] Operation cancelled. Zeroizing Radius configuration: RADIUS configuration does not exist. LDAP configuration does not exist. Zeroizing IPSec static SA configuration.

  • Page 406: Firmwarecommit

    firmwareCommit firmwareCommit Commits switch firmware. SYNOPSIS firmwarecommit DESCRIPTION Use this command to commit a firmware download to a CP. This command copies an updated firmware image to the secondary partition and commits both partitions of the CP to an updated version of the firmware.

  • Page 407: Firmwaredownload

    firmwareDownload firmwareDownload Downloads firmware from a remote host, a local directory, or a USB device. SYNOPSIS To invoke the command in interactive mode: firmwaredownload To download FOS firmware over a network: firmwaredownload [ -s [ -b | -n ] ] [ -p ftp | scp | sftp ] host user pfile...
  • Page 408 firmwareDownload All systems supported by this firmware have two partitions of nonvolatile storage (primary and secondary) to store two firmware images. This command always downloads the new image to the secondary partition and then swaps partitions so the secondary partition becomes the primary. By default, firmwareDownload reboots the system and activates the new image.
  • Page 409 firmwareDownload Disables autocommit mode. When autocommit mode is disabled, the firmwareCommit command must be executed manually to propagate the downloaded image to both partitions of the storage device. host Specify a valid FTP or SSH server name or IP address. IPV4 and IPv6 addresses are supported.
  • Page 410 firmwareDownload Removes all of the installed SA images in the system during SAS firmware download. By default, downloading a SAS image does not remove the installed SA images. If this option is specified, the installed SA images are removed. This option is only valid with the -a sas option.
  • Page 411 firmwareDownload of this command. This command will cause a warm/non-disruptive boot on the active CP, but will require that existing telnet, secure telnet or SSH sessions sessions be restarted. To download firmware interactively: switch:admin> firmwaredownload Server Name or IP Address: 192.168.32.10 User Name: admin File Name: ~admin/dist/FOS7.0.0/ Network Protocol(1-auto-select, 2-FTP, 3-SCP, 4-SFTP) [1]:...

  • Page 412: Firmwaredownloadstatus

    firmwareDownloadStatus firmwareDownloadStatus Displays the status of a firmware download. SYNOPSIS firmwaredownloadstatus DESCRIPTION Use this command to display an event log that records the progress and status of events during a firmware download. The event log is created by the firmware download process and is kept until you issue another firmwareDownload command.
  • Page 413 firmwareDownloadStatus [5]: Fri Mar 25 16:58:44 2011 Slot 7 (CP1, standby): Firmware commit operation has started to restore the secondary partition. [6]: Fri Mar 25 16:58:45 2011 Slot 7 (CP1, standby): The firmware commit operation has started. This may take up to 10 minutes. [7]: Fri Mar 25 17:05:34 2011 Slot 7 (CP1, standby): The commit operation has completed successfully.

  • Page 414: Firmwarekeyshow

    firmwareKeyShow firmwareKeyShow Displays the public key used for signed firmware validation. SYNOPSIS firmwarekeyshow DESCRIPTION This command displays the contents of the public key used for validating the integrity of firmware images when signed firmware validation is enabled. NOTES A firmware key should be installed on every switch as a part of the Fabric OS installation. The presence of a firmware key does not imply that the firmware signature is checked during firmwareDownload.

  • Page 415: Firmwarerestore

    firmwareRestore firmwareRestore Restores the former active firmware image. SYNOPSIS firmwarerestore DESCRIPTION Use this command to restore the former active Fabric OS firmware image. This command can only be run if autocommit was disabled during the firmwareDownload process. After a firmwareDownload and a reboot (with autocommit disabled), the downloaded firmware becomes active.

  • Page 416: Firmwareshow

    firmwareShow firmwareShow Displays the firmware version and download history. SYNOPSIS firmwareshow firmwareshow --history firmwareshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the firmware versions and the firmware download history. The command shows the firmware versions on both the primary and secondary partitions of the storage device. When this command is issued while a firmware download is in process, an appropriate warning message is displayed.
  • Page 417 firmwareShow To display the firmware download history: switch:admin> firmwareshow --history Firmware version history Sno Date & Time Switch Name Slot PID FOS Version 1 Fri Feb 18 12:58:06 2011 CDCX16 1556 Fabos Version v7.0.0d 2 Wed Feb 16 07:27:38 2011 CDCX16 1560 Fabos Version v7.0.0c...

  • Page 418: Fmmonitor

    fmMonitor fmMonitor Manages frame monitor configuration. SYNOPSIS fmmonitor --create frame_type -pat bit_pattern [-port port_list] [-highth value] [-action actions] [-timebase time_base] [-nosave] fmmonitor --delete frame_type fmmonitor --show [frame_type] [-port port_list | -all] [-timeinterval interval] fmmonitor --change frame_type [-pat bit_pattern] [-highth value] [-action actions][-timebase time_base] fmmonitor --addmonitor frame_type -port port_list [-nosave] fmmonitor --delmonitor frame_type [-port port_list] [-nosave] fmmonitor --clear frame_type -port port_list...
  • Page 419 fmMonitor This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. A Fabric Watch license is optional. Without a Fabric Watch license, you cannot use the alert mechanism, but you can still configure frame monitors and observe the counters. Frame Monitor types and bit patterns are not case sensitive. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, mirror ports, GbE ports, and FCoE ports.
  • Page 420 fmMonitor SCSI3_RESERVE Specifies a frame of type SCSI-3 Reserve with a bit pattern of "12,0xFF,0x08;4,0xFF,0x06; 40,0xFF,0x5F;41,0xFF,0x01;". -pat bit_pattern Specifies a unique combination of values in the first 64 bytes of a frame. The syntax for the bit patterns is as follows: "offset,bitmask, value;[offset, bitmask,value;] ...;"...
  • Page 421 fmMonitor -port port_list Specifies one or more ports on which to install the monitor for the specified frame type. This operand is optional; if omitted, the monitor is installed on all eligible ports. A port list can consist of the following: •...
  • Page 422 fmMonitor --delete frame_type Deletes an existing frame type. This command removes the entire configuration, including configured threshold and associated actions. It also removes any frame monitors of the specified type from all ports. This operand is not valid with predefined frame types. --clear frame_type -port port_list Clears the ports on which the specified frame type is monitored from the persistent configuration.
  • Page 423 fmMonitor To install a SCSI frame monitor on ports 3-12: switch:admin> fmmonitor --addmonitor SCSI -port 3-12 To save the port configuration persistently: switch:admin> fmmonitor --save SCSI To delete the custom frame monitor "MyFrameMonitor" from all ports: switch:admin> fmmonitor --delmonitor MyFrameMonitor To delete the entire frame type configuration: switch:admin>...
  • Page 424 fmMonitor -|scsi2reserve|N/A |None |None |N/A -|scsi3reserve|N/A |None |None |N/A -|ip |N/A |None |None |N/A -|abts |N/A |None |None |N/A -|baacc |N/A |None |None |N/A 000002|beta |0000000000000145|10 |Email |None |saved To display the number of frames of type ISCSI_RW per second during a five-second interval: switch:admin>...

  • Page 425: Fosconfig

    fosConfig fosConfig Displays or modifies Fabric OS features. SYNOPSIS fosconfig --enable feature fosconfig --disable feature fosconfig --show DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable a feature, or to display the current operating status of features on a switch. This command can be run while the switch is online. The following features are supported (refer to the Notes for limitations): •...
  • Page 426 fosConfig ethsw Enables the Ethernet switch service on the switch. The Ethernet switch service is disabled by default. Enabling the Ethernet switch service does not disrupt the FC traffic. --disable feature Disables a feature on the switch. Valid values for feature include the following: Disables the FC Routing service on the switch.
  • Page 427 fosConfig To enable Virtual Fabrics: switch:admin> fosconfig --enable vf WARNING: This is a disruptive operation that \ requires a reboot to take effect. All EX ports will be disabled upon reboot. Would you like to continue [Y/N]y To disable Virtual Fabrics: switch:admin>...

  • Page 428: Fosexec

    fosExec fosExec Executes a command in a specified logical switch context. SYNOPSIS fosexec --fid FID -cmd "cmd [args]" fosexec --fid all [-force] -cmd "cmd [args]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to execute any Fabric OS command on a specified logical switch context or on all logical switches.
  • Page 429 fosExec Default Switch: No, Address Mode 0] Index Slot Port Address Media Speed State Proto =================================================== 640000 No_Module 640100 No_Module 640200 No_Module To enable port 5/0 on all logical switches: switch:admin> fosexec --fid all -cmd "portenable 5/0" --------------------------------------------------- "portenable" on FID 128: --------------------------------------------------- "portenable"...
  • Page 430 fosExec To display the switch name for all logical switches without confirmation: switch:user> fosexec --fid all -force -cmd "switchname" ------------------------------------ "switchname" on FID 10: switch_10 ----------------------------------- "switchname" on FID 20: switch_20 SEE ALSO setContext, userConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 431: Framelog

    frameLog frameLog Displays information about discarded frames. SYNOPSIS framelog --disable framelog --enable framelog --clear framelog --show [-txport [slot/]port] [-rxport [slot/]port] [-sid source_PID][-did destination_PID] [-sfid fabric_ID] [-dfid fabric_ID>] [-mode summary | dump] [-n num_items] DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable or re-enable the frame log, and to display detailed information about the discarded frames logged by the frame log.
  • Page 432 frameLog Type Reason for the frame discard. Frames can be discarded for a variety of reasons. The only discard reason currently handled by the frame log is timeout. Count The number of discarded frames logged in the frame log that have the log timestamp, TX port, RX port, SID, DID, SFID and DFID values listed on this line of output.
  • Page 433 frameLog --show Prints a listing of details about stored frames that match the specified filter criteria. This operation is permitted only when the feature is enabled. You can specify one or more of the following options to filter the output. When used without operands, the --show command displays the unfiltered output.
  • Page 434 frameLog timestamp port port SID SFID DFID Type Count ====================================================================== Jan 31 23:49:37 2 0xfffffd 0xfffffd timeout Jan 31 23:49:37 2 0x051500 0x060100 timeout Jan 31 23:49:37 2 0x051700 0x060000 timeout Jan 31 23:49:36 2 0x051500 0x060100 timeout Jan 31 23:49:36 2 0x051700 0x060000 timeout...

  • Page 435: Fspfshow

    fspfShow fspfShow Displays Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) protocol information. SYNOPSIS fspfshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display FSPF protocol information and internal data structures of the FSPF module. The command displays the following fields: version Version of the FSPF protocol. domainID Domain number of the local switch.
  • Page 436 fspfShow lsrDelayTo Link State Record delay time out value in milliseconds. lsrDelayCount Counter of delayed Link State Records. ddb_sem FSPF semaphore ID. event_sch FSPF scheduled events bit map. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 437 fspfShow f_ports[9] = 0x00000000 f_ports[10] = 0x00000000 f_ports[11] = 0x00000000 f_ports[12] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[0] = 0x00000002 seg_ports[1] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[2] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[3] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[4] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[5] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[6] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[7] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[8] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[9] = 0x00000000 seg_ports[10]...

  • Page 438: Fwalarmsfilterset

    fwAlarmsFilterSet fwAlarmsFilterSet Enables or disables alarms for Fabric Watch. SYNOPSIS fwalarmsfilterset [mode] DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. By turning off the alarms, all nonenvironment class alarms are suppressed. By turning on the alarms, all class alarms are generated. NOTES This command requires a Fabric Watch license.

  • Page 439: Fwalarmsfiltershow

    fwAlarmsFilterShow fwAlarmsFilterShow Displays alarm filtering for Fabric Watch. SYNOPSIS fwalarmsfiltershow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display whether alarm filtering is enabled or disabled. NOTES This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 440: Fwclassinit

    fwClassInit fwClassInit Initializes all classes under Fabric Watch. SYNOPSIS fwclassinit DESCRIPTION Use this command to initialize all classes under Fabric Watch. The command should only be used after installing a Fabric Watch license to start licensed Fabric Watch classes. Refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator's Guide for a list of supported Fabric Watch classes.

  • Page 441: Fwconfigreload

    fwConfigReload fwConfigReload Reloads the Fabric Watch configuration. SYNOPSIS fwconfigreload DESCRIPTION Use this command to reload the Fabric Watch configuration. This command should only be used after downloading a new Fabric Watch configuration file from a host. NOTES This command requires a Fabric Watch license. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 442: Fwfrucfg

    fwFruCfg fwFruCfg Displays or modifies FRU state alert configuration. SYNOPSIS fwfrucfg [--show] DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure states and actions for field-replaceable units (FRUs) and small form-factor pluggables (SFPs). Based on these configuration settings, Fabric Watch generates actions when a FRU or SFP state changes. For SFPs, Fabric Watch monitors state changes in following events: SFP inserted, SPP removed, SFP faulty.
  • Page 443 fwFruCfg WWN Alarm State: (0..31) [1] WWN Alarm Action: (0..17) [1] SFP Alarm State: (0..19) [0] SFP Alarm Action: (0..17) [0] Fru configuration left unchanged SEE ALSO fwHelp, fwMailCfg, sfpShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 444: Fwhelp

    fwHelp fwHelp Displays Fabric Watch command information. SYNOPSIS fwhelp DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the commands that configure Fabric Watch. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 445: Fwmailcfg

    fwMailCfg fwMailCfg Displays and configures Fabric Watch email alerts. SYNOPSIS fwmailcfg DESCRIPTION Use this command to display or modify the configuration and status of the Fabric Watch email alert on the switch. Switch elements monitored by Fabric Watch are divided into classes, and e-mail alerts are based on the classes.
  • Page 446 fwMailCfg : Filter Performance Monitor class : Security class : Resource Monitor class : FRU Class : Quit Select an item => : (0..13) [11] 1 Mail Recipient information -------------------------------------------- Email Alert = disabled Mail Recipients = NONE -------------------------------------------- : Show Mail Configuration Information : Disable Email Alert : Enable Email Alert : Send Test Mail...
  • Page 447 fwMailCfg : F/FL Port (Optical) class : Resource class : quit Select a class => : (1..6) [6] 6 Mail Recipient Information ____________________________________ Email Alert = disabled Mail Recipient = NONE : Show Mail Configuration Information : Disable Email Alert : Enable Email Alert : Send Test Mail : Set Recipient Mail Address for Email Alert...

  • Page 448: Fwportdetailshow

    fwPortDetailShow fwPortDetailShow Displays the port information for specified user ports. SYNOPSIS fwportdetailshow [--p port] | [--s portState] DESCRIPTION Use this command to print the overall status of a specified port. The output of this command is different for IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. The overall status is calculated based on the following contributors: Port Errors The number of link loss occurrences exceeding the limit for the time period.
  • Page 449 fwPortDetailShow When used without operands, this command displays information for all ports. NOTES This command requires a Fabric Watch license. Port errors are not supported for virtual ports and SFP errors are not applicable for virtual ports. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 450 fwPortDetailShow To retrieve a port detail report for all ports in healthy state: switch:user> fwportdetailshow --s h Port Detail Report Report time: 05/21/2007 11:22:58 PM Switch Name: switch IP address: 192.168.163.237 Port Exception report [by Healthy] --------Port-Errors------------ Port# Type State Dur(H:M) LFA LSY LSI PER INW \ ------------------------------------------------\ HEALTHY...

  • Page 451: Fwsamshow

    fwSamShow fwSamShow Generates switch availability monitor (SAM) report. SYNOPSIS fwsamshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a switch availability monitor (SAM) report. This report displays uptime and downtime for each port and enables you to check if a particular port is failing more often than the others. The information displayed includes total uptime, total downtime, number of faulty occurrences, and total percent of downtime for each port.

  • Page 452: Fwset

    fwSet fwSet Sets port persistence time. SYNOPSIS fwset --port --persistence seconds DESCRIPTION Use this command to set port persistence time, a parameters controlled by Fabric Watch. Port persistence time specifies the time in seconds during which a port must persistently be in a marginal state before being labeled as such.

  • Page 453: Fwsettocustom

    fwSetToCustom fwSetToCustom Sets Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to custom values. SYNOPSIS fwsettocustom DESCRIPTION Use this command to set threshold and alarm levels to custom values for all Fabric Watch classes and areas. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. •...
  • Page 454 fwSetToCustom Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Default: TimeBase: None Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Buffer: Custom: Value : 20 Default: Value : 10 Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Cust (Applied) ActLevel: Def High Custom:...

  • Page 455: Fwsettodefault

    fwSetToDefault fwSetToDefault Returns Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to default values. SYNOPSIS fwsettodefault DESCRIPTION Use this command to return Fabric Watch thresholds and alarm levels to defaults for all classes and areas in Fabric Watch. Fabric Watch uses two types of settings: factory default settings and user-defined custom settings. •...
  • Page 456 fwSetToDefault Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: Raslog,SNMP Buffer: Custom: Value : 20 Default: Value : 10 Class: RESOURCE Area : FLASH ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High Custom: TimeBase: None Value : 110 Trigger : Above Action: Raslog,SNMP Trigger : Below Action: Raslog Default: TimeBase: None...

  • Page 457: Geporterrshow

    gePortErrShow gePortErrShow Displays error statistics of Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) port and XGE ports. SYNOPSIS geporterrshow geporterrshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display error statistics of Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports on the Brocade 7800 extension switch and on the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade. Values for the following parameters are displayed: frames tx Number of frames transmitted (Tx).
  • Page 458 Displays shell history. SYNOPSIS history DESCRIPTION Use this command to view the shell history. The shell history mechanism is similar to the UNIX shell history facility. The h command displays the 20 most recent commands typed into the shell; the oldest commands are replaced as new ones are entered.

  • Page 459: Hadisable

    haDisable haDisable Disables the High Availability feature. SYNOPSIS hadisable DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already disabled, this command does nothing. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 460: Hadump

    haDump haDump Displays High Availability status information. SYNOPSIS hadump DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about the status of the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch or a chassis. This command displays the following information: • Time Stamp •...
  • Page 461 haDump NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To view information about the High Availability feature status on a Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:admin>...

  • Page 462: Haenable

    haEnable haEnable Enables the High Availability feature. SYNOPSIS haenable DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) feature on a switch. If the HA feature is already enabled, this command has no effect. If the HA feature is disabled, this command enables it. The standby CP reboots as part of the process. The command displays a warning message and prompts for confirmation before rebooting the CP.

  • Page 463: Hafailover

    haFailover haFailover Forces the failover mechanism so that the standby control processor (CP) becomes the active CP. SYNOPSIS hafailover DESCRIPTION Use this command to force the failover mechanism to occur so that the standby CP becomes the active CP. In case the active and standby CPs are not synchronized or the system is not in redundant mode, the command aborts.

  • Page 464: Hashow

    haShow haShow Displays control processor (CP) status. SYNOPSIS hashow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the control processor status. The display includes the following information: • Local CP state (slot number and CP ID), warm or cold, recovering or recovered. •...
  • Page 465 haShow OPERANDS None EXAMPLES To display CP status on a Brocade DCX 8510-8 with a healthy standby CP: switch:admin> hashow Local CP (Slot 7, CP1) : Active, Warm Recovered Remote CP (Slot 6, CP0) : Standby, Healthy HA Enabled, Heartbeat Up, HA State Synchronized SEE ALSO haDisable, haEnable, haFailover...

  • Page 466: Hasyncstart

    haSyncStart haSyncStart Enables High Availability state synchronization. SYNOPSIS hasyncstart DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable the High Availability (HA) state synchronization. After issuing haSyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you perform one of the following actions: reboot the active CP, reboot the standby CP, insert a new standby CP (blade), or issue the haSyncStart command The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration.

  • Page 467: Hasyncstop

    haSyncStop haSyncStop Disables High Availability state synchronization. SYNOPSIS hasyncstop DESCRIPTION Use this command to temporarily disable High Availability (HA) synchronization. After issuing haSyncStop, the switch does not go back to sync start unless you perform one of the following actions: reboot the active CP, reboot the standby CP, insert a new standby CP (blade), or issue the haSyncStart command The time it takes for the HA sync to complete depends on the system configuration.

  • Page 468: Help

    help help Displays command help information. SYNOPSIS help [command] help [-p | -page] help --help DESCRIPTION Use this command without operands to display an alphabetical listing of commands for which help is available. When used without an operand, the command listing displays without page break. Pipe the output through the Unix grep command to filter the output.
  • Page 469 help Tuning policy auditcfg Modifies and displays audit log filter configuration. auditdump Display audit log (output truncated) To search for the string "zone" while paging is enabled (enter /zone after issuing the command): switch:admin> help -p aaaconfig Configure RADIUS for AAA services Specifies all administration domain (AD)-level operations Configure the Access Gateway feature...

  • Page 470: Historylastshow

    historyLastShow historyLastShow Displays the latest entry in the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. SYNOPSIS historylastshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the latest entry of the history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards.

  • Page 471: Historymode

    historyMode historyMode Displays the mode of the field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. SYNOPSIS historymode DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the mode of the history buffer, which records the insertion and removal of FRUs on a switch or chassis. This command supports two modes of handling new log entries once the history buffer has reached its maximum size: Rotating mode...

  • Page 472: Historyshow

    historyShow historyShow Displays the entire field replaceable unit (FRU) history log. SYNOPSIS historyshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the entire history log, which records insertion and removal events for field-replaceable units (FRUs), such as blades, power supplies, fans, and world wide name (WWN) cards.
  • Page 473 historyShow Unit 3 Inserted at Tue Aug 14 10:23:45 2001 Factory Part Number: 20-123456-12 Factory Serial Number: 1013456800 Unit 1 Inserted at Tue Aug 14 11:03:45 2001 Factory Part Number: 40-0000031-03 Factory Serial Number: 1013456800 SW BLADE Slot 3 Removed at Tue Aug 14 12:10:09 2001 Factory Part Number: 60-0001532-03 Factory Serial Number:...
  • Page 474 Displays a process summary. SYNOPSIS i [processID] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about a specified process or about all processes running on the local switch. One line is displayed per process. Fields displayed with this command include the Process flags: ALIGNWARN 001 print alignment warning messages...
  • Page 475 Processor utilization for scheduling Priority number of the process; higher numbers mean lower priority Nice value used in priority computation ADDR Memory address of the process The total size of the process in virtual memory, in pages WCHAN The address of an event for which a process is sleeping (if blank, process is running) The controlling terminal of the process (? displayed for no controlling terminal) TIME...

  • Page 476: Iclcfg

    iclCfg iclCfg Enables or disables Inter-chassis links (ICL). SYNOPSIS iclcfg --enable slot/icl_group iclcfg --disable slot/icl_group iclcfg --persistentenable slot/icl_group iclcfg --persistentdisable slot/icl_group iclcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable an inter-chassis link (ICL) or to enable or disable an ICL persistently.
  • Page 477 iclCfg To disable the ICL for ports 16-31 persistently: iclcfg --persistentdisable 8/1 switch:user> To enable the ICL for ports 16-31 persistently: iclcfg --persistentdnable 8/1 switch:user> SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 478: Ifmodeset

    ifModeSet ifModeSet Sets the link operating mode for a network interface. SYNOPSIS ifmodeset ["interface"] ifmodeset interface -an [on | off] -speed [speed] -cap [full | half] ifmodeset --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the link operating mode for a network interface. An operating mode is confirmed with a y or yes at the prompt.
  • Page 479 ifModeSet --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To advertise all modes of operation, when not entering this command through the serial console port, follow this scenario for the ifModeSet command: switch:admin> ifmodeset eth0 Exercise care when using this command. Forcing the link to an operating mode not supported by the network equipment to which it is attached may result in an inability to communicate with the system through its ethernet interface.

  • Page 480: Ifmodeshow

    ifModeShow ifModeShow Displays the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. SYNOPSIS ifmodeshow interface DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the link operating mode and MAC address for a network interface. On the CP of a Brocade DCX or DCX-S4, this command supports eth0 and eth3 as interface parameters.
  • Page 481 ifModeShow To display the active interface: ras010:root> ifmodeshow bond0 Currently Active Slave: eth0 SEE ALSO ifModeSet Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 482: Iflshow

    iflShow iflShow Displays the interfabric link (IFL) information. SYNOPSIS iflshow iflshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current connection and information of the interfabric links (IFL) on an edge switch. The command output includes the following information: E-Port Port number of the local switch to which FC Router switch is connected Ex-Port Port Number of FC Router switch...
  • Page 483 iflShow EXAMPLES To display the interfabric links: switch:admin> iflshow FCR WWN Speed Port Port Name ---------------------------------------------------------------- 1: 7-> 10:00:00:05:1e:8b:68:10 fcr1 4G TRUNK 2: 12-> 13 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:e3:3a 15 fcr2 4G TRUNK 3: 15-> 15 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:e1:f9 12 sw87 4G TRUNK QOS 4: 16-> 16 10:00:50:eb:1a:00:00:02 fcr3 SEE ALSO...

  • Page 484: Interfaceshow

    interfaceShow interfaceShow Displays FSPF interface information. SYNOPSIS interfaceshow [slot/][port] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the two data structures associated with FSPF interfaces (E_Ports) on the switch: • The permanently allocated interface descriptor block (IDB). • The neighbor data structure. This data structure is allocated when a switch port becomes an E_Port. The neighbor data structure contains all the information relating to the switch that is connected to an adjacent switch.
  • Page 485 interfaceShow downReason Type of last State Change Notification that caused this interface to go down. iState Current state of this interface. The state can be UP or DOWN. An interface in DOWN state does not have an allocated neighbor data structure and cannot be used to route traffic to other switches.
  • Page 486 interfaceShow helloTo Hello timeout value, in milliseconds. When this timeout expires, a Hello frame is sent to the neighbor switch through this port. rXmitTo Retransmission timeout value, in milliseconds. It is used to transmit topology information to the neighbor switch. If no acknowledgement is received within this value, the frame is retransmitted.
  • Page 487 interfaceShow When invoked without operands, this command displays the interface information for all ports on the switch (including non-E_Ports). EXAMPLES To display FSPF interface information: switch:user> interfaceshow 1/4 idbP = 0x1008b3d0 Interface 4 data structure: nghbP = 0x1008c668 ifNo masterPort = 4 (self) defaultCost = 500...
  • Page 488 interfaceShow nHloOut attLsuOut nLsuOut attLsaOut nLsaOut SEE ALSO nbrStateShow, portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 489: Iodreset

    iodReset iodReset Disables in-order delivery (IOD) on a switch. SYNOPSIS iodreset DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable in-order delivery enforcement on the local switch. IOD is disabled by default, and can only be disabled after it has been enabled with the iodSet command. This command disables the legacy IOD enforcement only.

  • Page 490: Iodset

    iodSet iodSet Enables in-order delivery (IOD). SYNOPSIS iodset iodset --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enforce in-order delivery of frames during a fabric topology change. In a stable fabric, frames are always delivered in order, even when the traffic between switches is shared among multiple paths.

  • Page 491: Iodshow

    iodShow iodShow Displays the in-order delivery (IOD) setting. SYNOPSIS iodshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the IOD setting on the switch. By default, IOD is disabled. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 492: Ipaddrset

    ipAddrSet ipAddrSet Sets the Ethernet and FC IP addresses. SYNOPSIS ipaddrset [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-cp cp_number | -chassis] [-ipv6 ] [--add x:x:x:x:x:x:x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] [-eth0 | -eth1] [--add x.x.x.x/n | --delete] ipaddrset [-slot slot] -gate [--add x.x.x.x | --delete] ipaddrset -ls FID --add IPv4_address/prefix ipaddrset -ls FID --delete ipaddrset -ipv6 [-auto | -noauto]...
  • Page 493 ipAddrSet • The command accepts the -ipv6 command line syntax with the --add or --delete option on all platforms that support IPv6 addresses. The --add option configures a single static IPv6 address and prefix for the specified managed entity (chassis, CP, or AP). The --delete option deletes a static IPv6 address and prefix for the specified managed entity.
  • Page 494 ipAddrSet -cp cp_number Specifies the CP on a chassis. Valid values are 0 or 1. -chassis Specifies the IPv6 address and prefix of a chassis. On platforms with blade processors, the following additional command line options are supported with the --add or --delete options: -eth0 | -eth1 Specifies the local IPv4 address of the blade processor.
  • Page 495 ipAddrSet Sets the Ethernet IP address, Ethernet subnet mask, gateway IP address and host name of CP1. -chassis Specifies the managed entity as the chassis. -ipv4 Specifies IP address type as static IPv4. -add Sets the specified IPv4 address. -host hostname Sets the hostname.
  • Page 496 ipAddrSet Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.220.11 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp0 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.208.1 Ethernet IP Address: 10.32.220.12 Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp1 Gateway IP Address: 10.32.208.1 IPFC address for logical fabric ID 128: 1.2.3.4/24 Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.5 Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.6 To delete the IPv4 address for the IPFC interface associated with a logical switch with Virtual Fabric ID switch:admin>...

  • Page 497: Ipaddrshow

    ipAddrShow ipAddrShow Displays IP address information for a switch or control processor (CP). SYNOPSIS ipaddrshow ipaddrshow [-cp cp_number] | -chassis ipaddrshow -slot slot [-eth0 | -eth1 | -gate DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the IP addresses configured in the system. The -cp option displays the IP address for a specified CP on modular platforms, or use the command without arguments to display the IP address on a standalone switch, or the IP addresses for both CPs on a chassis.
  • Page 498 ipAddrShow tentative preferred deprecated Refer to the RFC 2462 specification for more information. On modular platforms with intelligent blades, the addresses configured for each slot can be shown with the -slot option. On standalone platforms, all command options are ignored. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 499 ipAddrShow Ethernet Subnetmask: 255.255.240.0 Host Name: cp1 Gateway IP Address: 10.33.48.1 Backplane IP address of CP0 : 10.0.0.5 Backplane IP address of CP1 : 10.0.0.6 IPv6 Autoconfiguration Enabled: Yes Local IPv6 Addresses: chassis 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred chassis 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:e45a/64 preferred cp 0 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred cp 0 stateless fec0:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe40:6230/64 preferred cp 1 stateless fd00:60:69bc:63:205:1eff:fe39:ff2a/64 preferred...

  • Page 500: Ipfilter

    ipFilter ipFilter Manages the IP filter policies. SYNOPSIS ipfilter --create policyname -type ipv4 | ipv6 ipfilter --clone policyname -from src_policyname ipfilter --show [-a] [policyname] ipfilter --save [policyname] ipfilter --activate policyname ipfilter --delete policyname ipfilter --addrule policyname -rule rule_number[ -sip source_IP] -dp destination_port -proto protocol -act permit | deny [-type INPUT | FWD] [-dip destination_IP] ipfilter --delrule policyname -rule rule number...
  • Page 501 ipFilter OPERANDS This command has the following operands: policyname Specifies an IP filter policy name. The policy name is a unique string composed of a maximum of 20 alphanumeric or underscore characters. The default_ipv4 and default_ipv6 names are reserved for default IP filter policies. The policy name is case-insensitive and is always stored as lower case.
  • Page 502 ipFilter The following arguments are supported with the --addrule option: -sip source_IP Specifies the source IP address. For filters of type IPv4, the address must be a 32-bit address in dot notation, or a CIDR-style IPv4 prefix. For filters of type IPv6, the address must be a 12- bit IPv6 address in any format specified by RFC3513, or a CIDR-style IPv6 prefix.
  • Page 503 ipFilter To add a new rule to the policy and specify the source IP address, destination port, and protocol, and to permit the rule: switch:admin> ipfilter --addrule ex1 -sip fec0:60:69bc:60:260:69ff:fe80:d4a -dp 23 -proto tcp -act permit To display all existing IP filter policies: switch:admin>...
  • Page 504 ipFilter 600 - 1023 permit 600 - 1023 permit Name: default_ipv6, Type: ipv6, State: defined Rule Source IP Protocol Dest Port Action permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit 600 - 1023 permit 600 - 1023 permit Name: ex1, Type: ipv6, State: active Rule Source IP...
  • Page 505 ipFilter switch:admin> ipfilter --show Name: default_ipv4, Type: ipv4, State: active Name: default_ipv4, Type: ipv4, State: active Rule Source IP Protocol Dest Port Action permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit permit 600 - 1023 permit 600 - 1023 permit Name: ex2, Type: ipv4, State: defined Rule Source IP...
  • Page 506 ipFilter 600-1023 Name: ex2, Type: ipv4, State: defined (modified) Rule Source_IP Proto Dest_Port Action Flow Destination_IP 10.32.69.99 10.32.69.99 SEE ALSO distribute Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 507: Ipsecconfig

    ipSecConfig ipSecConfig Configures Internet Protocol security (IPSec) policies for Ethernet management interfaces. SYNOPSIS ipsecconfig --enable [default] --disable ipsecconfig --add | --modify type [subtype] [arguments] ipsecconfig --delete [type] arguments ipsecconfig --flush manual-sa ipsecconfig --show type [subtype] arguments ipsecconfig --help [command_type subtype] DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) feature for traffic flows on switch Ethernet management interfaces, or to display the current configuration.
  • Page 508 ipSecConfig • Flush existing SAs from the kernel SA database (SADB). • Display policy parameters. Representation of IP addresses When configuring IPSec policies, IP addresses and ports must be specified in the following format: IP address IPv4 addresses are expressed in dotted decimal notation consisting of numeric characters (0-9) and periods (.), for example, 203.178.141.194.
  • Page 509 ipSecConfig type Specifies the policy to be created. Supported policies include the following: policy ips Creates or modifies an IPSec policy. This policy determines the security services afforded to a packet and the treatment of a packet in the network. An IPSec policy allows classifying IP packets into different traffic flows and specifies the actions or transformations performed on IP packets on each of the traffic flows.
  • Page 510 ipSecConfig -mode tunnel | transport Specifies the IPSec transform mode. In tunnel mode, the IP datagram is fully encapsulated by a new IP datagram using the IPSec protocol. In transport mode, only the payload of the IP datagram is handled by the IPSec protocol inserting the IPSec header between the IP header and the upper-layer protocol header.
  • Page 511 ipSecConfig -tag name Specifies a name for the SA. This is a user-generated name. The name must be between 1 and 32 characters in length, and may include alphanumeric characters, dashes (-), and underscores (_). This operand is required. -protocol ah | esp Specifies the IPSec protocol.
  • Page 512 ipSecConfig -id identifier Specifies the local identifier. The switch is identified by its IPv4 or IPv6 address. -remoteid identifier Specifies the peer identifier. The remote peer is identified by its IPv4 or IPv6 address. -enc algorithm Specifies the encryption algorithm. Valid encryption algorithms include the following: 3des_cbc DES algorithm...
  • Page 513 ipSecConfig The following operands are optional (use secCertUtil to import the key files to the local and remote systems) -psk file Specifies the preshared key filename. -pubkey file Specifies the public key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -privkey file Specifies the private key filename (in X.509 PEM format). -peerpubkey file Specifies the peer public key filename (in X.509 PEM format).
  • Page 514 ipSecConfig -ipsec ah | esp Specifies the IPSec protocol. Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) provides confidentiality, data integrity and data source authentication of IP packets, and protection against replay attacks. Authentication Header (AH) provides data integrity, data source authentication, and protection against replay attacks but, unlike ESP, does not provide confidentiality.
  • Page 515 ipSecConfig --delete Deletes a specified policy or all policies of a certain typefrom the configuration database. You can delete IPSec policies, IKE policies, and SADB entries. When deleting IPSec policies, you have the option to delete specific components only, such as the transform or the selector, and recreate these components without having to recreate the entire policy.
  • Page 516 ipSecConfig type Specifies the policy to be displayed. Valid values for type include the following: policy ips Displays the IPSec policy configuration. A policy subtype must be specified when displaying the IPSec policy configuration. Valid subtypes include the following: selector Displays IPSec selector parameters including IPSec policy name, IP address of the local entity, IP address of the remote entity, direction of traffic flow (inbound or outbound), upper layer protocol used, and IPSec transform index.
  • Page 517 ipSecConfig Create an IPSec SA policy named AH01, which uses AH protection with MD5. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa -t AH01 -p ah -auth hmac_md5 Create an IPSec proposal IPSEC-AH to use AH01 as SA. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-AH -sa AH01 Configure the SA proposal's lifetime in time units.
  • Page 518 ipSecConfig Create an IPSec proposal IPSEC-ESP to use ESP01 as the SA. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-ESP -sa ESP01 Configure the SA proposal lifetime in seconds. switch:admin> ipsecconfig --add policy ips sa-proposal -t IPSEC-ESP -lttime 280000 -sa ESP01 Import the public key for the BROCADE300 (Brocade300.pem), the private key for BROCADE300 (Brocade300-key.pem), and the public key of the external host (remote-peer.pem) in X.509 PEM format from the remote certificate server (10.6.103.139).
  • Page 519 ipSecConfig Example 3 The following example illustrates how to secure traffic between two systems using AH with SHA1 and ESP protection with 3DES and configure IKE with preshared keys. The two systems are a switch, a Brocade 300 (IP address 10.33.74.13), and an external UNIX host (IPv4 address 10.33.69.132). On the system console, log in to the switch as Admin and enable IPSec.
  • Page 520 ipSecConfig Example 4 The following example illustrates how to secure traffic between two systems using protection with MD5 and Manually keyed SAs. The two systems are a switch, the BROCADE300 (IPv4 address 10.33.74.13), and an external UNIX host (IPv4 address 10.33.69.132). On the system console, log in to the switch as Admin and enable IPSec.
  • Page 521 ipSecConfig created: Oct 15 23:34:55 2008 current: Oct 15 23:35:06 2008 diff: 11(s) hard: 2621440(s) soft: 2137448(s) last: Oct 15 23:34:55 2008 hard: 0(s) soft: 0(s) current: 540(bytes) hard: 0(bytes) soft: 0(bytes) allocated: 5 hard: 0 soft: 0 sadb_seq=0 pid=10954 refcnt=0 To display a specified IPSec SA: switch:admin>...
  • Page 522 ipSecConfig switch:admin> ipsecconfig --help modify policy ike Usage: ipsecConfig --modify policy ike ARGUMENTS ARGUMENTS -tag <name> ike policy name -remote <addr> peers ipaddress -id <identifier> local identifier -remoteid <identifier> peers identifier -enc <ALGORITHM> encryption algorithm -hash <ALGORITHM> hash algorithm -prf <ALGORITHM> prf algorithm -dh <number>...

  • Page 523: Islshow

    islShow islShow Displays interswitch link (ISL) information. SYNOPSIS islshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current connections and status of the interswitch link (ISL) for each port on a switch. The command output includes the following information: • Node world wide name (WWN) •...
  • Page 524 islShow To execute islshow in a logical fabric: switch:user> islshow 1: 33-> 29 10:00:00:60:69:80:4f:84 3 B3200 \ 2.000G bw: 4.000G TRUNK 2: 39-> 7 10:00:00:60:69:45:68:04 4 B3850 \ 2.000G bw: 8.000G TRUNK 3: 41-> (incompatible) 4: 47-> (incompatible) 5: 95-> 0 10:00:00:05:1e:01:0b:4a 15 B5100 \ 2.000G bw:...

  • Page 525: Itemlist

    itemList itemList Lists parameter syntax information. SYNOPSIS item_list = element | element white item_list element = item | item - item item = num | slot [white]/ [white] num slot = num num = hex | int int = int digit | digit hex = 0x hex digit | hex hex digit digit = 0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7|8|9 hex digit = digit |A|B|C|D|E|F|a|b|c|d|e|f...
  • Page 526 itemList within the current switch (selected during Telnet login) are tested. When specified in an item list, user ports might be specified by either the area portion of the ports Fibre Channel address or with slot/port notation. For nonblade systems, the port number on the silkscreen is the area number, so the two notations are identical.

  • Page 527: Killtelnet

    killTelnet killTelnet Terminates an open Telnet session. SYNOPSIS killtelnet DESCRIPTION Use this command to terminate an open Telnet session. The command lists all current Telnet and serial port login sessions and information such as session number, login name, idle time, IP address of the connection, and timestamp of when the login session was opened.

  • Page 528: Ldapcfg

    ldapCfg ldapCfg Maps LDAP AD server roles to default switch roles. SYNOPSIS ldapcfg --maprole ldaprole switchrole ldapcfg --unmaprole ldaprole ldapcfg --show ldapcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to map a Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) Active Directory (AD) server role to one of the default roles available on a switch. This command also provides an option to remove an existing mapping.
  • Page 529 ldapCfg --unmaprole Removes the mapping between an LDAP role and a switch role. Use the --show option for a listing of existing mappings. The following operand is required: ldaprole Specifies the LDAP AD sever role to be removed from the mapping. --show Displays a table of existing mappings between LDAP roles and their corresponding switch role.

  • Page 530: Lfcfg

    lfCfg lfCfg Configures and displays logical fabrics. SYNOPSIS lfcfg [--show | --showall] -cfg lfcfg [--show | --showall] -lisl [-v] lfcfg [--show -xisl [slot/]port | --showall -xisl lfcfg --lislenable lfcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display logical fabric configuration information, to determine the status of logical interswitch links (LISLs), to enable LISLs between logical switches, and to display information about the XISLs and LISLs associated with each XISL.
  • Page 531 lfCfg Port Number of the logical LISL port. remote-domain Domain ID of the base switch in the remote chassis. Name Switch name. State Port state: Online or Offline. Associated physical ports Physical ports associated with the LISL ports. When lfCfg is issued within a logical switch context, only the configuration regarding that switch and the fabrics reachable from that switch is displayed.
  • Page 532 lfCfg --lislenable Re-enables all LISLs in the fabric that were disabled because of some conflict or error condition in the fabric. This command provides the option of manually reestablishing the LISLs after the error condition has been resolved. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To display logical fabric information for FID 2 in all chassis reachable from the base fabric.
  • Page 533 lfCfg Displays status information about the LISLs in the logical switch set by the context: switch:admin> lfcfg --show -lisl -v ID Port# remote-domain Name State Associated Physical Ports PT Online 1/29, 2/41, 3/33, 4/24 To display information about all LISLs in the chassis: switch:admin>...

  • Page 534: Licenseadd

    licenseAdd licenseAdd Adds a license key to a switch. SYNOPSIS licenseadd license DESCRIPTION Use this command to add a license key to a switch. Some features of the switch and the fabric to which it is connected are optional, licensed products. Without a valid license installed for such products, their services are not available.

  • Page 535: Licenseidshow

    licenseIdShow licenseIdShow Displays the system license ID. SYNOPSIS licenseidshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the license ID of the system. Some features of the switch and the fabric are optional, licensed products. Without a license installed for such products, the services provided by these features are not available. This command displays the system license ID used for generating and validating licenses on the system.

  • Page 536: Licenseport

    licensePort licensePort Manages Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) licenses. SYNOPSIS licenseport --release port licenseport --reserve port licenseport --show licenseport --method dynamic | static DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage and display Dynamic Ports on Demand (DPOD) license assignments. Dynamic Ports On Demand (DPOD) is an optional feature available on all embedded platforms. DPOD takes the expansion capability of static Ports On Demand (POD) and adds the flexibility of activating any available port as long as a valid license is available.
  • Page 537 licensePort EXAMPLES To activate Dynamic Ports On Demand: switch:admin> licenseport --method dynamic The POD method has been changed to dynamic. Please reboot the switch now for this change to take effect. To release a port from a Dynamic POD license assignment and to display the assignments: switch:admin>...
  • Page 538 licensePort To disable Dynamic Ports On Demand: switch:admin> licenseport --method static The POD method has been changed to static. Please reboot the switch now for this change to take effect. SEE ALSO licenseAdd, licenseRemove, licenseShow, licenseShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 539: Licenseremove

    licenseRemove licenseRemove Removes or deactivates a license key. SYNOPSIS licenseremove license DESCRIPTION Use this command to remove an existing license key from a switch or to deactivate the license key. The existing license key must be entered exactly as shown by the licenseShow command. License keys are case-sensitive.
  • Page 540 licenseRemove Enhanced Group Management license XFJXYHmPtCWC93CLgBD9BZD9AmTFgDStFDJGMaLKC9FgWAfgSE: 8 Gig FC license Expiry Date 03/06/2009 License is expired Hf7MBEEGCFNmTAWXXF99RtHXQN4RRtM3mLGtrWZLAMaTaAY9EB: Storage Application Services license Expiry Date 03/07/2009 SEE ALSO licenseAdd, licenseIdShow, licenseShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 541: Licenseshow

    licenseShow licenseShow Displays current license keys. SYNOPSIS licenseshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display current license keys, along with a list of licensed products enabled by these keys. Depending on the type of license, this command displays the following information: Permanent licenses •...
  • Page 542 licenseShow Fabric Watch license RyeSzRScycazfT0G: Trunking license RyeSzRScycS0fT09: 4 Domain Fabric license To display the license keys on a switch with temporary (expired) licenses installed: switch:admin> licenseShow 7QmYFYJrmDgE9tTS4AYXB9trYSGtMtrQZSTK4ZSC7FC9ZAYAgE: Integrated Routing license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired 33YBfZfKZ3tQKrRJJRtgmS3JDtCL99P4fYrJYQP7GffS4ASmNE: Enterprise Bundle license Expiry Date 01/16/2008 License is expired To display the license keys on a switch with universal time-based licenses:...
  • Page 543 licenseShow To display an ICL license on a Brocade DCX before and after a firmware upgrade to Fabric OS v7.0.0. switch:admin> licenseshow X3ffNTZM9CNmM4SKFLYTGS4WmCRCgAZZBJDTB: Inter Chassis Link (16 link) license switch:admin> licenseshow X3ffNTZM9CNmM4SKFLYTGS4WmCRCgAZZBJDTB: Inter Chassis Link (16 link) license SEE ALSO licenseAdd, licenseIdShow, licenseRemove Fabric OS Command Reference...

  • Page 544: Licenseslotcfg

    licenseSlotCfg licenseSlotCfg Configures and displays slot-based licensed features. SYNOPSIS licenseslotcfg --add feature slot licenseslotcfg --remove feature slot licenseslotcfg --show licenseslotcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure and manage licenses for the Brocade FX8-24 extension blade on the slot where the blade is installed. Slot-based licenses allow you to select the slots the license will enable up to the purchased capacity and thereby increase existing capacity without disrupting the slots for which licensed features are already enabled.
  • Page 545 licenseSlotCfg --show Displays slot assignments for all slot-based licenses in the chassis. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To add a license key for the slot-based Advance Extension feature for eight slots: switch:admin> licenseadd DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA adding license-key \ [DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA] To display the installed license (new license in bold): switch:admin>...
  • Page 546 licenseSlotCfg A7N9rATZLYgFa7JBfmGEJKETgCMHFGQMY4gfLmGAa4GA: Advanced FICON Acceleration (FTR_AFA) license Capacity 6 Consumed 2 Configured Blade Slots 3,4 DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA: Advanced Extension (FTR_AE) license Capacity 8 Consumed 4 Configured Blade Slots 3,4,11,12 switch:admin> licenseslotcfg --show FTR_10G license - blade slots configured = 1,3,5,12 FTR_AE license - blade slots configured = 3,4,11,12 FTR_AFA license - blade slots configured = 3,4 To deactivate the Advanced Extension license on slots 3 and 12, and to display the: results: switch:admin>...
  • Page 547 licenseSlotCfg Expiry Date 03/06/2009 License is expired Hf7MBEEGCFNmTAWXXF99RtHXQN4RRtM3mLGtrWZLAMaTaAY9EB: Storage Application Services license Expiry Date 03/07/2009 To remove the Advanced Extension license completely (marked inactive): switch:admin> licenseremove \ DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA removing license-key [DXXtN3LmRSMWCSW3XmfSBPfrWKLZ3HMTN73rP9GANJMA] switch:admin> licenseshow SSezcSec9RXTf0dj: Performance Monitor license KgrfCBHgRtfBrGKH4D7f9S3FBX7K3MtTtBHKrYHA4CMB: 10 Gigabit Ethernet (FTR_10G) license Capacity 8 Consumed 4 Configured Blade Slots 1,3,5,12...

  • Page 548: Linkcost

    linkCost linkCost Sets or displays the Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) cost of a link. SYNOPSIS linkcost [[slot/]port [cost]] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set or display the cost of an interswitch link (ISL). The cost of a link is a dimensionless positive number.
  • Page 549 linkCost (E_PORT) 1/10 1/11 1/12 1/13 1/14 1/15 Type <CR> to continue, Q<CR> to stop: To set the ISL cost on a port: switch:admin> linkcost 1/9 1000 To display the new cost value on the same port: switch:admin> linkcost 1/9 Interface1/9 (E_PORT) Cost...

  • Page 550: Login

    login login Logs in as new user. SYNOPSIS login DESCRIPTION Use this command to log in to the switch with another user name and password, without first logging out from the original session. If you originally connected through a Telnet or rlogin session, that session is left open.

  • Page 551: Logout

    logout logout Logs out from a shell session. SYNOPSIS logout DESCRIPTION Use this command to log out from a shell session. Remote login connections are closed and the local serial connections return to the login prompt. The exit command is accepted as a synonym for logout, as is Ctrl-D at the beginning of a line. OPERANDS None EXAMPLES...

  • Page 552: Lsanzoneshow

    lsanZoneShow lsanZoneShow Displays logical SAN zone information. SYNOPSIS lsanzoneshow [-s] [-f fabricid] [-w wwn] [-z zonename] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the inter-fabric zones or LSAN zones. These zones are normal WWN zones created in FC Router EX_Port-connected fabrics and backbone fabrics. The LSAN zones are identified by the text string "lsan_"...
  • Page 553 lsanZoneShow -w wwn Displays LSAN zones containing the specified port WWN. The WWN format is xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. -z zonename Displays LSAN zones with the specified zone name. The database for zones is displayed per switch, which can differ from the database stored on the other FCR switches.

  • Page 554: Lscfg

    lsCfg lsCfg Configures and manages a logical switch SYNOPSIS lscfg --create FID [-b | -base] [-f | -force] lscfg --delete FID lscfg --config FID -slot slot1[-slot2] [-port [ port1[-port2]] [-f |-force] lscfg --restore_to_default FID lscfg --restore_slot_to_default slot lscfg --change FID [[-newfid FID] | [-base]] [-force] lscfg --show [-ge] [-provision] lscfg --help DESCRIPTION...
  • Page 555 lsCfg -b | -base Creates a base logical switch on the chassis. A base logical switch communicates among different logical switches. Legacy switches can be connected to the base logical switch through EX_Ports, and interswitch links (ISLs) between base logical switches enable communication among different logical switches.
  • Page 556 lsCfg -b | -base Turns an existing logical switch into a base switch. When this command is issued on a switch that is already a base switch, this command removes the base switch properties. This command disables the current logical switch. After making the change, you must re-enable the switch.
  • Page 557 lsCfg To delete a logical switch: switch:admin> lscfg --delete 2 All active login sessions for FID 2 have been terminated. Switch successfully deleted. To assign ports to a logical switch: switch:admin> lscfg --config 2 -port 10-12 This operation requires that the affected ports be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Making this configuration change.
  • Page 558 lsCfg To display the partition configuration for all slots with the -ge option: switch:admin> lscfg --show -provision -ge Created switches: 128(ds) 2(bs) Slot ------------------------------------------------------- Port | 128 | | 128 | 128 | | 128 | | 128 | 128 | | 128 | | 128 | 128 | | 128 |...
  • Page 559 lsCfg To make logical switch FID 1 the base switch without confirmation: switch:admin> lscfg --change 1 -base -force Disabling the current base switch... Disabling switch fid 1 Disabling the proposed new base switch... Disabling switch fid 1 Please enable your switches when ready. To make logical switch FID 1 the base switch with confirmation: switch:admin>...

  • Page 560: Lsdbshow

    lsDbShow lsDbShow Displays the Fabric Shortest Path First (FSPF) link state database. SYNOPSIS lsdbshow [domain] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display an FSPF link state database record for switches in the fabric or for a specified domain. There are two types of database entries: •...
  • Page 561 lsDbShow lsAge Age, in seconds, of this LSR. An LSR is removed from the database when its age exceeds 3,600 seconds. reserved Reserved for future use. type Type of the LSR. Always 1. options Always 0. lsId ID of this LSR. It is identical to the domain ID. advertiser Domain ID of the switch that originated this LSR.
  • Page 562 lsDbShow EXAMPLES To display the link state record for a switch: switch:admin> lsdbshow 1 Domain = 1 (self), Link State Database Entry pointer = 0x1096da60 lsrP = 0x109784b0 earlyAccLSRs ignoredLSRs lastIgnored = Never installTime = Aug 26 18:20:41.451 lseFlags = 0xa uOutIfsP[0] = 0x00000000 uOutIfsP[1]...

  • Page 563: Memshow

    memShow memShow Displays the amounts of free and used memory in a switch. SYNOPSIS memshow [-b | -k | -m] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display free and used memory in the switch, as well as the shared memory and buffers used by the kernel.

  • Page 564: Motd

    motd motd Sets the banner on the chassis. SYNOPSIS motd --set string motd --show DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the banner on the chassis. The banner is a string of alphanumeric characters. It is displayed before you log in to a switch. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 565: Mscapabilityshow

    msCapabilityShow msCapabilityShow Displays the Management Server (MS) capabilities. SYNOPSIS mscapabilityshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the supported capabilities of the Management Server for each switch in the fabric. An asterisk displays next to the name of the local switch. NOTES Reliable commit service (RCS) is a fabric-wide capability and is supported only if all the switches in the fabric support the service.

  • Page 566: Msconfigure

    msConfigure msConfigure Configures the Management Server (MS) access control list (ACL). SYNOPSIS msconfigure DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the MS Access Control List (ACL). The MS allows a Storage Area Network (SAN) management application to retrieve and administer the fabric and Interconnect Elements, such as switches.
  • Page 567 msConfigure 20:02:00:60:69:00:60:15 Done Display the access list Add member based on its Port/Node WWN Delete member based on its Port/Node WWN select : (0..3) [1] 0 done ... SEE ALSO msCapabilityShow, msPlatShow, msPlClearDB, msPlMgmtActivate, msPlMgmtDeactivate, msTdDisable, msTdEnable, msTdReadConfig, secPolicyShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 568: Msplatshow

    msPlatShow msPlatShow Displays the Management Server (MS) platform database. SYNOPSIS msplatshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information from the MS platform database. This command displays the name of each platform object with the platform type (GATEWAY, HOST_BUS_ADAPTER, and so forth), associated management addresses, and associated node names.

  • Page 569: Msplatshowdbcb

    msPlatShowDBCB msPlatShowDBCB Displays the Management Server (MS) platform service database control block. SYNOPSIS msplatshowdbcb DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the control block fields associated with the platform database. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 570: Msplcleardb

    msPlClearDB msPlClearDB Clears the Management Server (MS) platform database on all switches in the fabric. SYNOPSIS msplcleardb DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the MS platform database in the entire fabric. Because this operation cannot be undone, it should not be performed unless it is intended to resolve a database conflict between two joining fabrics or to establish an entirely new fabric with an empty database.

  • Page 571: Msplmgmtactivate

    msPlMgmtActivate msPlMgmtActivate Activates the Management Server (MS) platform service. SYNOPSIS msplmgmtactivate DESCRIPTION Use this command to activate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command attempts to activate the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and is committed to the configuration database of each affected switch.

  • Page 572: Msplmgmtdeactivate

    msPlMgmtDeactivate msPlMgmtDeactivate Deactivates the Management Server (MS) platform service. SYNOPSIS msplmgmtdeactivate DESCRIPTION Use this command to deactivate the MS platform service throughout the fabric. This command deactivates the MS platform service for each switch in the fabric and commits the change to nonvolatile storage.

  • Page 573: Mstddisable

    msTdDisable msTdDisable Disables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. SYNOPSIS mstddisable ["ALL"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the management server topology discovery service on a local switch or an entire fabric. This change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches.

  • Page 574: Mstdenable

    msTdEnable msTdEnable Enables the Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. SYNOPSIS mstdenable ["ALL"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable the MS topology discovery service on the local switch or throughout the fabric. The change takes effect immediately and commits to the configuration database for all affected switches.

  • Page 575: Mstdreadconfig

    msTdReadConfig msTdReadConfig Displays the status of The Management Server (MS) topology discovery service. SYNOPSIS mstdreadconfig DESCRIPTION Use this command to check whether or not the management server topology discovery service is enabled. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 576: Myid

    myId myId Displays the current login session details. SYNOPSIS myid DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the status of the system and the login session details. This includes IPv4 or IPv6 addresses associated with the login session. The login session gives details of the following: •...

  • Page 577: Nbrstateshow

    nbrStateShow nbrStateShow Displays the state of FSPF neighbors. SYNOPSIS nbrstateshow [slot/][port] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about fabric shortest path first (FSPF) neighbors to the local switch or information about a neighbor to a specified port. FSPF defines a neighbor as a remote E_Port interface that is directly attached to the local switch.
  • Page 578 nbrStateShow port Specify the port number to display, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow to list valid ports. This operand is optional; if omitted, all neighbor states are displayed. EXAMPLES To display information about a neighbor directly connected to the local switch: switch:user>...

  • Page 579: Nbrstatsclear

    nbrStatsClear nbrStatsClear Resets FSPF interface counters. SYNOPSIS nbrstatsclear [slot/][port] DESCRIPTION Use this command to reset the counters of fabric shortest path first (FSPF) frames transmitted and received on all interswitch links (ISLs) or on a specified ISL Use this command without operands to reset counters on all interfaces.
  • Page 580 nbrStatsClear To verify the changes: switch:admin> interfaceshow 1/0 idbP = 0x10050a38 Interface 0 data structure: nghbP = 0x1004ce68 ifNo masterPort = 0 (self) defaultCost = 500 cost = 500 (output truncated) SEE ALSO interfaceShow, portShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 581: Nodefind

    nodeFind nodeFind Displays all device Name Server (NS) entries matching a given WWN, device PID, or alias. SYNOPSIS nodefind WWN | PID | ALIAS DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the NS information for all devices in the fabric that have either a port world wide name (WWN) or a node WWN matching the given WWN;...
  • Page 582 nodeFind To display all the device information matching the alias "a320": switch:user> nodefind a320 Local: Type Pid PortName NodeName NL 0314d9;3;22:00:00:04:cf:5d:dc:2d;20:00:00:04:cf:5d:dc:2d; 0 FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST318452FC 0001] Fabric Port Name: 20:14:00:60:69:80:04:79 Permanent Port Name: 22:00:00:04:cf:5d:dc:2d Device type: Physical Target Port Index: 20 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Aliases: a320...

  • Page 583: Nsaliasshow

    nsAliasShow nsAliasShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information, with aliases. SYNOPSIS nsaliasshow [-r][-t] | -domain domain_id | --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display local name server information with the added feature of displaying the defined configuration aliases to which the device belongs. If there are no defined configuration aliases for that device, no alias is displayed.
  • Page 584 nsAliasShow -domain domain_id Displays the remote device details for a specific domain. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To display local NS information with aliases: switch:user> nsaliasshow Type Pid PortName NodeName TTL(sec) N 010600;3;20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71;10:00:00:05:1e:38:81:71; na Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Permanent Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71 Port Index: 6 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No...
  • Page 585 nsAliasShow Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Permanent Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71 Port Index: 6 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: N 010602;3;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01;10:00:00:00:00:00:00:01; 3 FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [41] "Brocade Ioblaster Initiator#00,pid#10602." Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:7a:7a:00 Permanent Port Name: 20:06:00:05:1e:38:81:71 Port Index: 6 Share Area: No...
  • Page 586 nsAliasShow Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No Aliases: DeviceAlias The Local Name Server has 3entries } To display remote device details for a specific domain: switch:admin> nsaliasshow -domain 92 Type Pid PortName NodeName N 5c1000; 3;23:06:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:06; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [45] "Brocade VDPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00,Entity#03."...

  • Page 587: Nsallshow

    nsAllShow nsAllShow Displays global name server information. SYNOPSIS nsallshow [type] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the 24-bit Fibre Channel addresses of all devices in all switches in the fabric. When used with the type operand, the command displays only devices of the specified FC-4 type. FC-4 type codes are referenced in the Fibre Channel Framing and Signaling (FC-FS) standards documentation (see "TYPE codes - FC-4").

  • Page 588: Nscamshow

    nsCamShow nsCamShow Displays information about remote devices in the Name Server (NS) cache. SYNOPSIS nscamshow [-t] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the local NS cache information about the devices discovered in the fabric by the NS cache manager. If the NS cache manager does not discover new switches or new devices in the fabric, the command displays the message "No Entry is found!"...
  • Page 589 nsCamShow Virtual The device is contrived by the switch. The device is connected to the NX_Port, using FDISC to log in to the switch. iSCSI Device is connected to the iSCSI port. iSCSI The second attribute indicates the role of the device. Valid role attributes include the following: Unknown (initiator/target) Device role is not detected...
  • Page 590 nsCamShow Partial: No 5c1700; 3;23:00:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a;50:00:51:e5:3e:38:a0:00; FC4s: FCP PortSymb: [34] "Brocade DPC Entity-Slot#00,DPC#00." Fabric Port Name: 20:17:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a Permanent Port Name: 23:00:00:05:1e:53:e3:8a Port Index: 23 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No (output truncated) To display the output with the -t option: switch:user>...

  • Page 591: Nsdevlog

    nsDevLog nsDevLog Manages device history logging. SYNOPSIS nsdevlog --show [[-slot slot] -port port | -pid pid | -wwpn wwpn | -wwnn nwwn | -event event] nsdevlog --enable nsdevlog --disable nsdevlog --clear nsdevlog --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage Name Server (NS) device logging. By default, logging is enabled. The NS records the PortIndex, PID, world wide node name (WWNN), world wide port name (WWPN) and the event (login and logout).
  • Page 592 nsDevLog --clear Clears the NS device history logs. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To enable device logging: switch:admin> nsdevlog --enable Device History Logging enabled To disable device logging: switch:admin> nsdevlog --disable Device History Logging disabled To display the NS device log for an event: switch:admin>...

  • Page 593: Nsshow

    nsShow nsShow Displays local Name Server (NS) information. SYNOPSIS nsshow [-r][-t] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display local NS information about devices connected to a switch. If no information is available for the switch, the command displays the following message: "There is no entry in the Local Name Server."...
  • Page 594 nsShow Partial Displays "Yes" if the device entry is incomplete; otherwise displays "No". Devices that are incomplete are displayed by the nsShow and nsCamShow commands, and have routing established, but are not considered during device discovery (for example, during FC-GS Name Server Queries). LSAN Displays "Yes"...
  • Page 595 nsShow Virtual The device is contrived by the switch. The device is connected to the NX_Port, using FDISC to log in to the switch. iSCSI The device is connected to the iSCSI port. The second attribute indicates the role of the device. Valid role attributes include the following: Unknown (initiator/target) Device role is not detected...
  • Page 596 nsShow Permanent Port Name: 21:00:00:e0:8b:13:08:10 Port Index: 1 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: No Partial: No LSAN: No N 010e00;3;21:00:00:e0:8b:12:8a:be;20:00:00:e0:8b:12:8a:be;\ 0x01000001 FC4s: FCP NodeSymb: [41] "QLA2340 FW:v3.03.06 DVR:v9.0.0.2 (w32 IP)" Fabric Port Name: 20:0e:00:05:1e:34:00:70 Permanent Port Name: 21:00:00:e0:8b:12:8a:be Port Index: 14 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No...

  • Page 597: Nszonemember

    nsZoneMember nsZoneMember Displays the information on online devices zoned with a specified device. SYNOPSIS nszonemember pid | wwn nszonemember -a | -n | -u nszonemember [-domain domain] [-index index] nszonemember --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information on all online devices zoned with the specified device. The device can be specified by WWN or Port ID (PID).
  • Page 598 nsZoneMember NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: PID | WWN Specifies the port ID or WWN of the device for which to display zoned devices.
  • Page 599 nsZoneMember Device type: Physical Initiator NL 0416e2; 3;22:00:00:20:37:d9:6b:b3;20:00:00:20:37:d9:6b:b3; 0 FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST318304FC 0005] Fabric Port Name: 20:06:00:60:69:50:06:78 Permanent Port Name: 22:00:00:20:37:d9:6b:b3 Device type: Physical Target NL 0416e4; 3;22:00:00:20:37:d9:61:ac;20:00:00:20:37:d9:61:ac; 0 FC4s: FCP [SEAGATE ST318304FC 0005] Permanent Port Name: 22:00:00:20:37:d9:61:ac Device type: Physical Target No remote zoned members To display all the unzoned devices in the fabric: switch:admin>...
  • Page 600 nsZoneMember To display zoned device data for a device (either local or remote) in the fabric with the specified domain and port index: switch:admin> nszonemember -domain 3 -index 168 Port Index: 168 Pid: 0x03a840 Zoned Members: 2 devices Pid: 0x03a840 Aliases: ali_z1 Pid: 0x015200 Aliases: ali_z1...

  • Page 601: Nszoneshow

    nsZoneShow nsZoneShow Displays the zone names. SYNOPSIS nszoneshow -pid pid nszoneshow -wwn wwn nszoneshow -pid "pid1,pid2" nszoneshow -wwn "wwn1,wwn2" DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the zone names that a specified device or device-pair are part of. The devices can be zoned as part of regular zones, Traffic Isolation (TI) zones, or Frame Redirect (RD) zones.
  • Page 602 nsZoneShow EXAMPLES To display the zone names for a device with a specified PID: switch:admin> nszoneshow -pid 0x010200 Zone Names ================= zn_test1 zn_test2 ================= To display the common zone for two devices specified by a WWN pair: switch:admin> nszoneshow \ wwn "20:08:00:05:1e:a3:01:d9,20:01:00:05:1e:a3:01:d9"...

  • Page 603: Passwd

    passwd passwd Changes the password for a specified user. SYNOPSIS passwd [user_account] [-old old_password] [-new new_password] DESCRIPTION Use this command to change a user account password. Passwords can be changed locally on any switch. For the password database to be distributed to other switches in the fabric, the switches must be configured to accept the password database with the fddCfg command.
  • Page 604 passwd NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS The following operand is optional: user_account Specifies the user account for which the password is to be changed.
  • Page 605 passwd Password matches one of the previous passwords The password you entered matches one of the previous passwords. You must wait longer to change your password You cannot change the password before the minimum aging period expires. Password contains invalid characters The password you entered contains invalid characters.

  • Page 606: Passwdcfg

    passwdCfg passwdCfg Manages the password policies. SYNOPSIS passwdcfg --set options value passwdcfg --setuser username options value passwdcfg --disableadminlockout passwdcfg --enableadminlockout passwdcfg --setdefault passwdcfg --showall passwdcfg --showuser username passwdcfg --deleteuser username passwdcfg --deleteuser -all passwdcfg --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage password policies. Use --set to configure the following password policies: •...
  • Page 607 passwdCfg The account lockout policy disables a user account when the user exceeds a configurable number of failed login attempts. The mechanism can be configured to keep the account locked until explicit administrative action is taken to unlock the account or locked accounts can be automatically unlocked after a specified period.
  • Page 608 passwdCfg -minpasswordage value Specifies the minimum number of days that must elapse before a password can be changed. -minpasswordage can be set at 0 to 999. The default value is 0. Setting this parameter to a nonzero value discourages a user from rapidly changing a password in order to defeat the password history setting to reuse a recently used password.
  • Page 609 passwdCfg -minpasswordage value Specifies the minimum number of days that must elapse before a password can be changed. -minpasswordage can be set at 0 to 999. The default value is 0. Setting this parameter to a nonzero value discourages a user from rapidly changing a password in order to defeat the password history setting to reuse a recently used password.
  • Page 610 passwdCfg Digits value out of range The -digits value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value. Punctuation value out of range The -punctuation value specified must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to -minlength value.
  • Page 611 passwdCfg To delete all password configurations: switch:admin> passwdcfg --deleteuser -all All user password configurations are removed To delete password configurations of a specific user: switch:admin> passwdcfg --deleteuser admin The user(admin) password configurations are removed SEE ALSO passwd, userConfig Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 612: Pathinfo

    pathInfo pathInfo Displays routing information and statistics along a path covering multiple switches. SYNOPSIS pathinfo pathinfo -f FID destination_switch [destination_port] [-r] [-t] [-sid source_pid] [-did destination_pid] pathinfo destination_switch [source_port[destination_port]] [-r] [-t] pathinfo --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display routing information from a source port on the local switch to a destination port on another switch.
  • Page 613 pathInfo For each hop, this command displays the following fields: The hop number. The local switch is hop 0. In Port The port on which the switch receives frames. For hop 0, this is source_port. identified by the port index. Domain ID The domain ID of the switch.
  • Page 614 pathInfo Extended statistics Extended statistics report variables of general interest. They include the following: The number of frames received or transmitted per second. This value is reported for multiple time periods, displayed in parentheses. Words The total number of 4-byte Fibre Channel words. Frames The total number of frames.
  • Page 615 pathInfo NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: destination_switch Specifies the destination switch.
  • Page 616 pathInfo Source port Specifies the port whose path to the destination domain is traced, specified as the port index. If unspecified, the value defaults to -1 (embedded port). Destination port Specifies the port on the destination switch for the path being traced. If unspecified, the value defaults to -1 (embedded port) Source pid Specifies the source ID of the originator device in hexadecimal format.
  • Page 617 pathInfo To display path information when source port and destination port are provided along with the traceroute option: switch:admin> pathinfo 6 12 13 -t Target port is F_Port Domain ID (Name) Time/hop ----------------------------------------------- 6 (Stealth_I) 108186 usec To display basic path information to a specific domain in a Virtual Fabric environment (the cost for this hop is the cost of the corresponding path in the base fabric): switch:admin>...
  • Page 618 pathInfo Port --------------------------------------- B/s (1s) B/s (64s) Txcrdz (64s) F/s (1s) F/s (64s) Words 240434036 2294316 2119951 2121767 Frames 20025929 54999 162338 56710 Errors In Port Domain ID (Name) Out Pot Cost --------------------------------------------------------- 8 (web228) (output truncated) To display the TI-enabled path information over an FCR in interactive mode: switch:admin>...

  • Page 619: Pdshow

    pdShow pdShow Displays data from a panic dump file. SYNOPSIS pdshow [panic_dump_file] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display data from a panic dump file. The panic dump file contains information that might be useful to determine the cause of the system panic. When executed without any arguments, this command displays output from the latest panic dump file available on the switch.

  • Page 620: Perfaddeemonitor

    perfAddEEMonitor perfAddEEMonitor Adds an end-to-end monitor to a port. SYNOPSIS perfaddeemonitor [slot/]port SourceID DestID [-force] DESCRIPTION Use this command to add an end-to-end performance monitor to a port. The performance monitor counts the number of words received, number of words transmitted, and number of CRC errors detected using either of the following conditions: •...
  • Page 621 perfAddEEMonitor The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port on which the monitor is to be added, followed by a slash (/).
  • Page 622 perfAddEEMonitor 20:00:00:00:c9:52:00:7d Host PID: 01a000 20:01:00:05:1e:53:b8:41 \ 20:02:00:05:1e:53:b8:41 VI PID: 0a2002 Number of LUN(s): LUN number: LUN type: disk LUN serial number:\ 600062B0000EB33C00000000000000000000000000000000 Encryption mode: encrypt Encryption format: native Encrypt existing data: disabled Rekey: disabled LUN state: Encryption enabled Encryption algorithm: AES256-XTS Key ID state: Read write...
  • Page 623 perfAddEEMonitor PortSymb: [24] "Crypto Virtual Initiator" NodeSymb: [37] "Ini Port wwn: 10:00:00:00:C9:52:00:7D" Fabric Port Name: 20:20:00:05:1e:53:b8:45 Permanent Port Name: 20:01:00:05:1e:53:b8:41 Port Index: 32 Share Area: No Device Shared in Other AD: No Redirect: Yes virtual The Local Name Server has 4 entries } The configuration is as follows: Initiator --->...

  • Page 624: Perfcfgclear

    perfCfgClear perfCfgClear Clears the previously saved performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS perfcfgclear DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the previously saved end-to-end performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. NOTES This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.

  • Page 625: Perfcfgrestore

    perfCfgRestore perfCfgRestore Restores performance monitoring configuration settings from nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS perfcfgrestore DESCRIPTION Use this command to restore the performance monitoring configuration information from nonvolatile memory. This does not restore the information cleared by the perfCfgClear command; rather, it restores the configuration from nonvolatile memory.

  • Page 626: Perfcfgsave

    perfCfgSave perfCfgSave Saves performance monitoring configuration settings to nonvolatile memory. SYNOPSIS perfcfgsave DESCRIPTION Use this command to save the current Performance Monitor configuration for end-to-end (EE) performance monitors to nonvolatile memory. Configuration changes are saved persistently across power cycles. The number of monitors that can be saved to flash memory is limited as follows: •...

  • Page 627: Perfclearalpacrc

    perfClearAlpaCrc perfClearAlpaCrc Clears the CRC error count associated with a port and arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). SYNOPSIS perfclearalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear a specific cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error counter associated with a specific port and AL_PA, or all such counters on a port. NOTES This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license.

  • Page 628: Perfdeleemonitor

    perfDelEEMonitor perfDelEEMonitor Deletes one or all end-to-end performance monitors from a port. SYNOPSIS perfdeleemonitor [slot/]port [monitorId] DESCRIPTION Use this command to delete an end-to-end performance monitor from a port, or all such monitors associated with a port. NOTES This command requires an Advanced Performance Monitoring license. This command is not supported on virtual FC ports (VE/VEX_Port), EX_Port, M (Mirror) ports and GbE ports.

  • Page 629: Perfhelp

    perfHelp perfHelp Displays performance monitoring help information. SYNOPSIS perfhelp DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the help commands available for performance monitoring. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 630: Perfmonitorclear

    perfMonitorClear perfMonitorClear Clears counters of end-to-end and ISL performance monitors on a port. SYNOPSIS perfmonitorclear --class monitor_class [slot/]port [monitorId] DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear counters for performance monitors on a port, specified by class. Monitor classes include end-to-end monitors (EE) and interswitch link monitors ISL). Issuing the portStatsClear command on a port clears all end-to-end and filter-based monitors (but not ISL monitors) for all the ports in the same quad.
  • Page 631 perfMonitorClear To clear statistics counters for an ISL monitor: switch:admin> perfmonitorclear --class ISL 1 This will clear ISL monitor on port 1, continue? \ (yes, y, no, n): [no] y SEE ALSO perfAddEEMonitor, perfMonitorShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 632: Perfmonitorshow

    perfMonitorShow perfMonitorShow Displays end-to-end and interswitch link performance monitors on a port. SYNOPSIS perfmonitorshow --class monitor_class [slot/]port [interval] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display End-to-End (EE) performance monitors on a port. If interval is specified, the command displays a snapshot of the traffic at the specified interval. If no interval is specified, this command displays the following information: The monitor number.
  • Page 633 perfMonitorShow interval The interval value must be greater than or equal to 5, and it must be a multiple of 5. In the case of end-to-end monitor, Tx and Rx counts are displayed in the unit of byte when this operand is specified. This operand is optional; if the operand is not specified, this command displays cumulative counts.

  • Page 634: Perfresourceshow

    perfResourceShow perfResourceShow Displays performance monitor resources for a logical switch. SYNOPSIS perfresourceshow --portttRes [[slot/]port] perfResourceShow --eeRes [[slot/]port] perfResourceShow --fabmodeRes perfResourceShow --installed [[slot/]port] perfResourceShow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to determine the physical resources available to support the installation of performance monitors on a logical switch port. In a Virtual Fabric environment, performance monitors installed on a logical switch share the physical resources of the switches that make up the base fabric.
  • Page 635 perfResourceShow --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To display the number of Top Talkers that can be installed on the current logical switch: switch:admin> perfresourceshow --portttRes ====================================================== Installed Available Slot/PortRange ====================================================== 2/13 3/5,3/7,3/12 Port list information --------------------- Slot ----------------------------------------------------- Port | - | - | | - | | - |...
  • Page 636 perfResourceShow | - | - | | - | | - | | - | - | | - | | - | | - | - | | - | | - | | - | 0 | | - | | - | | - | - | | - |...

  • Page 637: Perfsetporteemask

    perfSetPortEEMask perfSetPortEEMask Sets the overall mask for end-to-end (EE) performance monitors. SYNOPSIS perfsetporteemask [slot/]port "TxSIDMsk " "TxDIDMsk " "RxSIDMsk" "RxDIDMsk" DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the mask for an end-to-end (EE) performance monitor. This command allows selecting the Fibre Channel frames for which to collect performance statistics. When setting the EE mask on a port, all existing EE monitors on that port are deleted.
  • Page 638 perfSetPortEEMask Specifies that the field does triggers EE monitors. TxDIDMsk Specify the transmitting Destination ID mask, in quotation marks, in dd:aa:pp format. RxSIDMsk Specify the receiving Source ID mask, in quotation marks, in dd:aa:pp format. RxDIDMsk Specify the destination ID mask, in quotation marks, in dd:aa:pp format. EXAMPLES To set the overall mask for end-to-end monitors on a port: switch:admin>...

  • Page 639: Perfshowalpacrc

    perfShowAlpaCrc perfShowAlpaCrc Displays the CRC error count by port or by arbitrated loop physical address (AL_PA). SYNOPSIS perfshowalpacrc [slot/]port [ALPA] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error count of one or all devices attached to a port. If the AL_PA operand is specified, only the CRC count for that AL_PA device is displayed.

  • Page 640: Perfshowporteemask

    perfShowPortEEMask perfShowPortEEMask Displays the current address mask for end-to-end performance monitors on a port. SYNOPSIS perfshowporteemask [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current mask shared across all end-to-end (EE) performance monitors of a port. There are only two commands that can modify the value of the EE mask: perfSetPortEEMask and perfCfgRestore.
  • Page 641 perfShowPortEEMask RxSID Area: RxSID ALPA: RxDID Domain: RxDID Area: RxDID ALPA: SEE ALSO perfAddEEMonitor, perfDelEEMonitor, perfSetPortEEMask Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 642: Perfttmon

    perfTTmon perfTTmon Installs the Top Talker monitor in the specified mode. SYNOPSIS perfttmon Port Mode: perfttmon --add egress | ingress [slot/]port [-force] perfttmon --show [slot/]port [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete [[slot/]port | -all | -sconfig] Fabric Mode: perfttmon --add fabricmode perfttmon --show dom domain id [number_of_flows] [wwn| pid] perfttmon --delete fabricmode...
  • Page 643 perfTTmon Because of a hardware limitation on Brocade devices, the following types of monitors cannot coexist on the same ASIC chip: • If an end-to-end monitor is installed on a port in a given ASIC, you cannot install an ingress or egress Top Talker monitor on another port on the same ASIC.
  • Page 644 perfTTmon wwn | pid Specifies the output display as either WWN or PID format. This operand is optional. If omitted, the command displays in WWN format. --delete Deletes existing Top Talker monitors on the specified F_Ports or E_Ports. You can specify a single monitor by its port number, or you can specify all monitors.
  • Page 645 perfTTmon EXAMPLES To add an F_Port Top Talker to blade 1 port 2 (which should be an F_Port): Switch:admin> perfttmon --add ingress 1/2 To delete the F_Port Top Talker: switch:admin> perfttmon --del To add the Fabric Mode Top Talker: Switch:admin> perfttmon --add fabricmode To delete the Fabric Mode Top Talker: Switch:admin>...

  • Page 646: Portaddress

    portAddress portAddress Assigns the lower 16 bits of the Fibre Channel Port ID. SYNOPSIS portaddress --bind [slot/]port [16-bit_address] [--auto] portaddress --unbind [slot/]port portaddress --show [[slot/]port] portaddress --findPID 24-bit_Port_ID portaddress --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to bind the 16-bit address to the lower two bytes of a port 24-bit Fibre Channel address, or to unbind the currently bound address for the specified port.
  • Page 647 portAddress 16-bit_address Specifies the 16-bit address to be bound to the FC address. Note that only the upper 10 bits of the PID can be used for a unique route. Therefore, not all addresses in the 16-bit range are available. --auto Enables autobinding on the specified port.
  • Page 648 portAddress 0x0000 8 bit 0x0100 8 bit 0x0200 8 bit 0x0300 8 bit 0x0400 8 bit 0x0500 8 bit 0x0600 8 bit 0x0700 8 bit 0x1800 8 bit 0x1900 8 bit 0x1a00 8 bit 0x1b00 8 bit 0x1c00 8 bit 0x1d00 8 bit 0x1e00...

  • Page 649: Portalpashow

    portAlpaShow portAlpaShow Displays the Arbitrated Loop Physical Addresses (AL_PAs) of devices attached to a port. SYNOPSIS portalpashow [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the AL_PAs of devices connected to a port, and whether these devices are public or private. If the specified port is not an active FL_Port or if no AL_PAs are present, this command prints an error.

  • Page 650: Portbeacon

    portBeacon portBeacon Sets port beaconing mode. SYNOPSIS portbeacon --enable [slot/]port portbeacon --disable [slot/]port portbeacon --show [slot/]port portbeacon --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable beaconing mode on a specified port. When beaconing mode is enabled on a port, the port LED flashes amber and green for 2.5 seconds each in an alternating pattern.
  • Page 651 portBeacon --show Displays the port beaconing mode on the specified port as ON or OFF. --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To enable beaconing mode on a port and verify the configuration: switch:admin> portbeacon --enable 2/1 switch:admin> portbeacon --show 2/1 PortBeacon status of : slot 2, port 1 is ON To disable beaconing mode on a port and verify the configuration: switch:admin>...

  • Page 652: Portbuffercalc

    portBufferCalc portBufferCalc Calculates the number of buffers required per port. SYNOPSIS portbuffercalc [slot/]port [-distance distance] [-speed speed] [-framesize framesize] portBufferCalc --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to calculate how many buffers are required for a given distance, speed, and framesize. You can use the same number of buffers and port speed, when configuring the portCfgLongDistance command.

  • Page 653: Portbuffershow

    portBufferShow portBufferShow Displays the buffer usage information for a port group or for all port groups in the switch. SYNOPSIS portbuffershow [[slot/]port] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current long distance buffer information for the ports in a port group. The port group can be specified by giving any port number in that group.
  • Page 654 portBufferShow the return trip of a MARK primitive that is sent and then echoed back to the switch. LD mode supports distances up to 500 km. Distance measurement on a link longer than 500 km might not be accurate. If the connecting port does not support LD mode, is shows "N/A".
  • Page 655 portBufferShow - ( - ) - ( - )\ - ( - ) - ( - )\ - ( - ) - ( - )\ - ( - ) - ( - )\ 4556 ------------------------------------------------------------ SEE ALSO portCfgLongDistance Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 656: Portcamshow

    portCamShow portCamShow Displays port-based filter CAM utilization. SYNOPSIS portcamshow [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current filter Content-Addressable Memory (CAM) utilization of a specified port. The command displays the following information: SID used Total number of CAM entries used by this port. Note that each CAM entry, either source ID (SID) or destination ID (DID) CAM, can be shared among a certain number of ports, depending on the ASIC.
  • Page 657 portCamShow EXAMPLES To display the filter CAM utilization for a single port on a switch: switch:user> portcamshow 3/2 -------------------------------------------------- Area SID used DID used SID entries DID entries 350400 2b2200 2b1200 220400 -------------------------------------------------- SID Free, DID Free: (61, 511) To display port CAM entries on shared ports (in the example, port 7/31 and 7/39 are shared ports and 7/31 is the primary port): switch:user>...

  • Page 658: Portcfg

    portCfg portCfg Manages port configuration parameters for FC ports, VE_ports, and GbE/10GbE ports. SYNOPSIS portcfg action [slot/] port arguments portcfg action [slot/] ge_port arguments portcfg action [slot/]ve_port options arguments portcfg action [slot/][ge_port options arguments DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage port configuration parameters on FC ports as well as on Gigabit Ethernet (GbE) ports on the Brocade 7800 switch and on the Brocade FX8-24 blade.
  • Page 659 portCfg DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the following parameters on a local FC port. • portcfg mirrorport - Configure a mirror port on the local port. • portcfg rscnsupr - Manage registered state change notification (RSCN) suppression on the local port.
  • Page 660 portCfg FUNCTION Configure IP interfaces on the Brocade 7800 switch and FX8-24 blade SYNOPSIS portcfg action [slot/] ge_port arguments DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the local IP interfaces and static routes on the Brocade 7800 switch and on the Brocade FX8-24 blade. You must configure the local IP interfaces before you can create and configure FCIP tunnels.
  • Page 661 portCfg mtu_size Specifies the maximum transmission unit size. The permitted range is 1260 Bytes to 1500 Bytes. This operand is required. -x | --crossport Configures an interface for a failover crossport. A crossport is defined as the nonlocal (secondary) XGE port to a VE_Port group that provides failover capabilities for the tunnel configured on the local XGE port.
  • Page 662 portCfg delete ipaddr Deletes IP routes for a specified IPv4 or IPv6 address. Valid ipaddr values include the following: ipaddr Specifies IP address in either IPv6 or IPv4 format: IPv6_addr/prefix_len Specifies the IPv6 address of the virtual port, if IPv6 is used. The address must be an IPv6 global, unicast address, followed by a prefix.
  • Page 663 portCfg -m | --mgmt Specifying this parameter applies the VLAN tag to the inband management interface. EXAMPLES To create an IP interface using IPv4: switch:admin> portcfg ipif ge0 create 192.168.0.20 255.0.0.0 1500 Operation Succeeded To create an IP interface using IPv6 with a prefix: switch:admin>...
  • Page 664 portCfg To delete an IP interface for a failover crossport: switch:admin> portcfg ipif 8/xge0 delete 192.168.11.20 -x Operation Succeeded To create a static IP route using an IPv4 destination address, a netmask, and a gateway address: switch:admin> portcfg iproute ge0 create 192.42.0.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.0.250 Operation Succeeded To create a static IP route using IPv6:...
  • Page 665 portCfg Configure the interface for the nonlocal XGE port (xge1). switch:admin> portcfg ipif 8/xge1 create 1.1.1.0 \ 255.255.255.0 192.168.11.250 -x Operation Succeeded The IP route will be available for circuits on VE ports 22-31. The output from portshow iproute for the same route shows the crossport tag.
  • Page 666 portCfg To create a VLAN tag entry for a failover crossport interface with a VLAN ID of 200 and an L2 CoS value of 1 and to display the configuration: switch:admin> portcfg vlantag 8/xge0 add 192.168.11.20 200 1 -x Operation Succeeded switch:admin>...
  • Page 667 portCfg NOTES You can configure up to 20 FCIP tunnels on the Brocade FX8-24 and up to 8 tunnels on the Brocade 7800. OPERANDS This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be configured, followed by a slash (/).
  • Page 668 portCfg The following two operands are exclusive; you can either specify a committed rate or a minimum and maximum rate for circuit 0. You can modify these parameters later with fciptunnel modify. comm_rate Specifies the committed traffic rate on the FCIP tunnel in Kbps. The valid range is 10,000 Kbps to 1,000,000 Kbps for 1G ports and 10,000 Kbps to 10,000,000 Kbps for 10G ports.
  • Page 669 portCfg Enables write-read Tape Pipelining (FCIP FastWrite must also be enabled). Enables write-only Tape Pipelining (FCIP FastWrite must also be enabled). -c | --compression compression_level Configures compression on the specified FCIP tunnel. By default, compression is disabled (0). Specify one of the following values: Compression disabled Standard compression Moderate compression...
  • Page 670 portCfg -l | --legacy [0|1] In Fabric OS v7.0.0, the connection process for FCIP tunnels has changed in ways that make it incompatible with earlier firmware versions. Specifying the --legacy allows connection to IPSec-configured tunnels that use pre-Fabric OS v7.0.0 firmware versions. You enable or disable this option per tunnel. This option is a disruptive modify request that causes the tunnel to bounce.
  • Page 671 portCfg --ficon-dvcack [0|1] Enables (1) or disables (0) FICON Device Level Acknowledgement emulation. This feature is applicable to both FICON Disk and Tape configurations. The feature removes one network round trip for exchanges that end with a Device Level Acknowledgement frame from the device. This feature is enabled by default (recommended setting).
  • Page 672 portCfg --write-timer value Defines a time limit for pipelined write chains. This value is specified in milliseconds (ms). If a pipelined write chain takes longer than this value to complete, the ending status for the next write chain will be withheld from the channel.
  • Page 673 portCfg are set to a metric of 0 and one is set to a metric of 1, all data will flow over the metric 0 circuits. If all of the metric 0 circuits go down, traffic will run over the metric 1 circuits. This parameter is meaningful only, if you configure more than one circuit.
  • Page 674 portCfg delete tunnel_ID Deletes the specified FCIP tunnel. This command deletes all associated circuits created with the fciptunnel or fcipcircuit commands. Use the portShow command to display all FCIP tunnels and their associated circuits.: fcipcircuit Creates an FCIP circuit on an existing tunnel. Use this command to configure additional circuits.
  • Page 675 portCfg mgmtif Configures an inband management interface. A maximum of one interface is supported per GbE Port. Up to a total of 6 management interfaces are supported for the Brocade 7800 and up to a total of 11 interfaces for the Brocade FX8-24 (depending on blade operating mode).
  • Page 676 portCfg delete Deletes a management route for a specified destination IP Address. The following operands are required. dest_IPv4_addr Specifies the destination IP address for the management route in IPv4 format. netmask Specifies the subnet mask for the IPv4 address in a.b.c.d format. EXAMPLES To create a FICON-enabled tunnel, first create an empty FCIP tunnel without any circuits: switch:admin>...
  • Page 677 portCfg To enable FICON XRC and Teradata emulation on the tunnel: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 1/12 modify --ficon-xrc 1 --ficon-tera-read 1 --ficon-tera-write 1 Operation succeeded To enable printer emulation on the tunnel: switch:admin> portcfg fciptunnel 1/12 modify --ficon-print 1 Operation succeeded To configure FCIP FastWrite and Tape Pipelining on the tunnel: switch:admin>...
  • Page 678 portCfg Oper Status: In Progress Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:c3:f0:16 Peer WWN: 00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00 Circuit Count: 2 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------- Circuit ID: 16.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: In Progress Remote IP: 192.168.2.20...
  • Page 679 portCfg To modify an existing circuit so it becomes the listener: switch:admin> portcfg fcipcircuit 16 modify 2 -C 1 !!!! WARNING !!!! Modify operation can disrupt the traffic on the fcipcircuit specified \ for a brief period of time. This operation will bring the existing \ circuit down (if circuit is up) before applying new configuration.
  • Page 680 portCfg Configure the inband management route for the management station. switch:admin> portcfg mgmtroute ge0 create 192.168.3.0 \ 255.255.255.0 192.168.2.250 On the Management Station, add route entries to get to the Brocade 7800 external inband management interfaces. linux# route add 192.168.1.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.3.250 linux# route add 192.168.2.0 netmask 255.255.255.0 gw 192.168.3.250 Access the 7800 switches through the external inband management interfaces.

  • Page 681: Portcfgalpa

    portCfgAlpa portCfgAlpa Configures the AL_PA offset on a specified port or range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgalpa [slot/]port, mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the Arbitrated Loop Physical Address (AL_PA) offset on a port or a range of ports to either 0x0 (default) or 0x13. Changes made by this command are persistent across switch reboots and power cycles.

  • Page 682: Portcfgautodisable

    portCfgAutoDisable portCfgAutoDisable Manages the port autodisable configuration. SYNOPSIS portcfgautodisable --enable [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --disable [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --add option [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --remove option [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --addall [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --removeall [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --addexcept option [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --show [slot/]port[-port] portcfgautodisable --suspend portcfgautodisable --resume portcfgautodisable --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable the autodisable feature for a specified port or a range of ports and to manage the configuration.
  • Page 683 portCfgAutoDisable port[-port] Specifies a port or a port range, relative to the slot number on bladed systems, for example, 5/17-29. --enable Enables the autodisable feature on the specified ports. --disable Disables the autodisable feature on the specified ports. --add Specifies one or more trigger conditions that will disable the specified ports. Trigger conditions must be separated by a space, for example, LOSN OLS LIP.
  • Page 684 portCfgAutoDisable EXAMPLES To disable the port autodisable feature on single port: switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --disable 18 switch:admin> portcfgautodisable --show 18 Port Auto Disable: OFF Configured Option(s):No events configured. Port will not be automatically disabled. To enable the port autodisable feature on a single port: switch:admin>...
  • Page 685 portCfgAutoDisable Port will not be automatically disabled. Port Auto Disable: ON MODE : RESUME Configured Option(s):No events configured. Port will not be automatically disabled. To enable the port autodisable feature for a range of ports, some of which were previously enabled (the configuration is applied only to those ports, for which an update is necessary, that is, port 3 in the following example): switch:admin>...

  • Page 686: Portcfgcompress

    portCfgCompress portCfgCompress Configures a port for compression. SYNOPSIS portcfgcompress --enable [slot]/port portcfgcompress --disable [slot]/port portcfgcompress --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a port for compression. This command enables or disables the compression configuration on the specified port, and saves the configuration persistently. Configuring a port for compression is disruptive.
  • Page 687 portCfgCompress switch:admin> lscfg --config 15 -port 2 This operation requires that the affected ports be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Checking for cap port 2 After Checking for cap port 2 val 1 port 2 lscfg: The port cannot be moved to the requested switch because port or ports have Encryption/Compression enabled.

  • Page 688: Portcfgcreditrecovery

    portCfgCreditRecovery portCfgCreditRecovery Enables or disables credit recovery on a port. SYNOPSIS portcfgcreditrecovery --enable [slot/]port portcfgcreditrecovery --disable [slot/]port portcfgcreditrecovery --help [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable credit recovery on a port. The credit recovery feature enables credits or frames to be recovered. The default credit recovery configuration is enabled.

  • Page 689: Portcfgdefault

    portCfgDefault portCfgDefault Resets the port configuration to factory default value. SYNOPSIS portcfgdefault [slot/][ge]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to reset all configuration values on a specified port to their factory defaults. This command persistently disables ports capable of routing, which is the factory default value. Use the portCfgShow command to display the port configuration.
  • Page 690 portCfgDefault QOS Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit F_Port Buffers NPIV PP Limit: SEE ALSO portCfgEport, portCfgGport, portCfgLongDistance, portCfgLport, portCfgPersistentDisable, portCfgPersistentEnable, portCfgShow, portCfgSpeed, portCfgTrunkPort Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 691: Portcfgdport

    portCfgDPort portCfgDPort Configures a port as a D_Port. SYNOPSIS portcfgdport --enable [-dwdm] [slot/]port_list portcfgdport --disable [slot/]port_list portcfgdport --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a diagnostic port (D_Port). The D_Port is not part of the fabric. It does not carry any interswitch traffic or data traffic. The D_Port is used solely for the purpose of running link-level diagnostics between two switches and to isolate link level fault on the port, in the small form factor pluggable (SFP), or in the cable.
  • Page 692 portCfgDPort • A set of ports separated by commas, for example "3,5,7,8"or 5/3,5,7,8 on bladed systems. • A wildcard '*' indicates all ports. The wild card should be enclosed in single quotation marks. --enable Configures the specified ports as D_Ports. -dwdm Skips the optical loopback test when you run the D_Port diagnostics over a Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) link or any third party equipment that...

  • Page 693: Portcfgencrypt

    portCfgEncrypt portCfgEncrypt Configures a port for encryption. SYNOPSIS portcfgencrypt --enable [slot]/port portcfgencrypt --disable [slot]/port portcfgencrypt --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure a port for encryption. This command enables or disables the encryption configuration on the specified port and saves the configuration persistently. Before you can configure a port for encryption, you must configure the port for authentication.
  • Page 694 portCfgEncrypt To attempt to move a configured port to another logical switch: switch:admin> lscfg --config 15 -port 2 This operation requires that the affected ports be disabled. Would you like to continue [y/n]?: y Checking for cap port 2 After Checking for cap port 2 val 1 port 2 lscfg: The port cannot be moved to the requested switch because...

  • Page 695: Portcfgeport

    portCfgEport portCfgEport Enables or disables E_Port capability on a port or locks down a port as an E_Port. SYNOPSIS portcfgeport [slot/]port mode portcfgeport -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f] mode] portcfgeport -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgeport -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable E_Port capability on a port or to lock down a port as an E_Port. E_Port capability is enabled by default.
  • Page 696 portCfgEport mode Specifies the E_Port configuration as one of the following: Disables E_Port capability for the specified ports. Enables the ports as E_Ports. This is the default port state. Locks down the ports as E_Ports. This command effectively disables the port's F_Port capability.

  • Page 697: Portcfgexport

    portCfgEXPort portCfgEXPort Sets a port to be an EX_Port, and sets and displays EX_Port configuration parameters. SYNOPSIS portcfgexport [slot/]port portcfgexport [-a admin] portcfgexport [-f fabricid] portcfgexport [-r ratov] portcfgexport [-e edtov] portcfgexport [-d domainid] portcfgexport [-p pidformat] portcfgexport [-t fabric_parameter] portcfgexport [-m port mode] portcfgexport [-i mode] DESCRIPTION...
  • Page 698 portCfgEXPort If the Fabric Parameter attribute value is "User configured", the port ID format R_A_TOV and E_D_TOV values display the configured values. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 699 portCfgEXPort EXAMPLES To set the fabric ID of port 2/1 to 5 and the port ID format to core: switch:admin> portcfgexport 2/1 -f 5 -p 1 To configure port 2/0 to be an EX_Port and set the fabric ID to 4: switch:admin>...

  • Page 700: Portcfgfaultdelay

    portCfgFaultDelay portCfgFaultDelay Configures the fault delay for a single FC port. SYNOPSIS portcfgfaultdelay [slot/]port delay portcfgfaultdelay --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the fault delay of an FC port. In the event that the link is noisy after a host power cycle, the switch may go into a soft fault state, which means a delay of R_A_TOV.
  • Page 701 portCfgFaultDelay Locked L_Port Locked G_Port Disabled E_Port Locked E_Port ISL R_RDY Mode RSCN Suppressed Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers Fault Delay: 1(1.2sec) NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: D-Port mode: Compression:...
  • Page 702 portCfgFaultDelay ........ Fault Delay where AE:QoSAutoEnable, AN:AutoNegotiate, ..:OFF, -:NotApplicable, ??:INVALID (output truncated) SEE ALSO portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 703: Portcfgfec

    portCfgFec portCfgFec Enables or disables Forward Error Correction on 16 Gbps and 10 Gbps Fibre Channel links. SYNOPSIS portcfgfec --enable [slot/]port [-port] portcfgfec --disable [slot/]port [-port] portcfgfec --show [slot/]port [-port] portcfgfec --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable Forward Error Correction (FEC) on a specified port or on a range of ports, or to display the configuration.
  • Page 704 portCfgFec NOTES FEC is supported the following links: • Between E_Ports on all Condor3-based platforms running Fabric OS v7.0.0 or later. Both sides of the link must be configured with port speeds of 10 Gbps and 16 Gbps. • Between F_Ports and N_Ports in Access Gateway mode (requires Fabric OS v7.1.0 and later on the AG and the switch.
  • Page 705 portCfgFec To disable the FEC feature on a port range: switch:admin> portcfgfec --enable 0-8 SEE ALSO islShow, portCfgShow, portErrShow, portStatsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 706: Portcfgfillword

    portCfgFillword portCfgFillword Configures the fill word for a single 8G FC port. SYNOPSIS portcfgfillword [slot/]port, mode [passive] portcfgfillword --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the fill word of an 8G FC port. By default, this command disables and re-enables the port and the port comes online with the new fill word setting. When used with the passive option, the new settings are not applied until the next time the port goes offline and comes back online.
  • Page 707 portCfgFillword To set the fill word of a port to ARBFF-ARBFF using the -arbff-arbff option: switch:admin> portcfgfillword 2/3, -arbff-arbff To set the fill word of a port to IDLE-ARBFF using the -idle-arbff option: switch:admin> portcfgfillword 27, -idle-arbff switch:admin> portcfgshow 27 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW)

  • Page 708: Portcfgfportbuffers

    portCfgFportBuffers portCfgFportBuffers Configures F_Port buffer allocation. SYNOPSIS portcfgfportbuffers --enable [slot/]port buffers portcfgfportbuffers --disable [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to change the default buffer allocation for an F_Port and to allocate a specified number of buffers to the port. When port buffer allocation is enabled, the number of buffers specified override the default F_Port buffer allocation.

  • Page 709: Portcfggemediatype

    portCfgGeMediaType portCfgGeMediaType Sets the selected mode for the ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. SYNOPSIS portcfggemediatype ge_port [optical | copper] portcfggemediatype --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the mode for ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800. Each of the ge0 and ge1 ports on the Brocade 7800 can be configured as a copper port (RJ45) or an optical port (SFP).
  • Page 710 portCfgGeMediaType --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To select an optical mode for ge0: switch:admin> portcfggemediatype ge0 optical To display the current configuration: switch:admin> portcfggemediatype ge0 Port ge1 is configured in optical mode To restore the default configuration (copper only ports are selected): switch:admin>...

  • Page 711: Portcfggport

    portCfgGport portCfgGport Designates a port as a G_Port; removes G_Port designation. SYNOPSIS portcfggport [slot/]port,mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to designate a port as a G_Port. After successful execution of this command, the switch attempts to initialize the specified port as an F_Port only, and does not attempt loop initialization (FL_Port) on the port.

  • Page 712: Portcfgislmode

    portCfgISLMode portCfgISLMode Enables or disables ISL R_RDY mode on a port. SYNOPSIS portcfgislmode [slot/]port,mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable interswitch link read-ready (ISL R_RDY) mode on a port. Use the portCfgShow command to determine whether ISL R_RDY mode is enabled on a port. In ISL R_RDY mode, the port sends a primitive signal that the port is ready to receive frames.
  • Page 713 portCfgISLMode To disable ISL R_RDY mode on a port: switch:admin> portcfgislmode 1/3, 0 SEE ALSO configure, portCfgLongDistance, portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 714: Portcfglongdistance

    portCfgLongDistance portCfgLongDistance Configures a port to support long distance links. SYNOPSIS portcfglongdistance [slot/]port [distance_level] [vc_translation_link_init] [-distance distance] | [-buffer buffers] [-framesize frame_size] [-fecenable | -fecdisable] DESCRIPTION Use this command to allocate frame buffer credits to a port or to configure a specified long distance link. The port can only be used as an E_Port.
  • Page 715 portCfgLongDistance distance_level Specifies the long distance level as one of the following (the numerical value representing each distance_level is shown in parentheses): L0 (0) Specifies L0 to configure the port as a regular port. A total of 20 full-size frame buffers are reserved for data traffic, regardless of the port's operating speed;...
  • Page 716 portCfgLongDistance -fecdisable Disables Forward Error Correction. EXAMPLES To configure a switch port 63 to support a 100 km link and be initialized using the long distance link initialization protocol: switch:admin> portcfglongdistance 4/15 LS 1 100 switch:admin> portshow 4/15 portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: 0x20001 PRESENT LED portType:...

  • Page 717: Portcfglosstov

    portCfgLossTov portCfgLossTov Enables or disables de-bouncing of signal loss for front end ports. SYNOPSIS portcfglosstov [slot/]port mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable the de-bouncing of loss of signal for 100 ms for front end ports. Use portCfgShow to display the current setting. If executed without operands, the command prints the usage.

  • Page 718: Portcfglport

    portCfgLport portCfgLport Configures a port as an L_Port. SYNOPSIS portcfglport [[slot/]port] locked_mode [private_mode] [duplex_mode]] DESCRIPTION Use this command to designate a port as an L_Port, and to configure its behavior. When a port is designated as an L_Port, the switch attempts to initialize that port as a fabric L_Port (FL_Port). The switch will never attempt a point-to-point (F_Port) initialization on the port.
  • Page 719 portCfgLport To display the L_Port conditions: switch:admin> portcfglport [...] Ports of Slot 4 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ---------------+--+--+--+--+---+--+--+--+--+--+--+--+---+--+--+-- [...] Locked L_Port ....ON ..ON ON Private L_Port ..

  • Page 720: Portcfgnpivport

    portCfgNPIVPort portCfgNPIVPort Enables or disables N_Port ID virtualization (NPIV) functionality on a port and sets the per-port login limit. SYNOPSIS portcfgnpivport --enable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --disable [slot/]port portcfgnpivport --setloginlimit [slot/]port login_limit portcfgnpivport --help portcfgnpivport [slot/]port mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable NPIV functionality on a port and to configure the maximum number of logins for this port.
  • Page 721 portCfgNPIVPort NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. When using portCfgNPIVPort --disable or --enable on trunked ports, you must disable all trunk member ports before changing the NPIV capability on a trunk member and then re-enable the trunked ports to ensure that the configuration changes take effect.
  • Page 722 portCfgNPIVPort Persistent Disable..ON ON ......LOS TOV enable ........ NPIV capability ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON...
  • Page 723 portCfgNPIVPort Persistent Disable LOS TOV enable NPIV capability QOS E_Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit EX Port Mirror Port Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers Fault Delay: 0(R_A_TOV) NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: Frame Shooter Port D-Port mode: SEE ALSO configure, portCfgDefault, portCfgShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 724: Portcfgnport

    portCfgNPort portCfgNPort Enables or disables N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port. SYNOPSIS portcfgnport [slot/]port1[-port2] [mode] DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable N_Port functionality for an Access Gateway port or for a range of ports. The enabled N_Ports automatically come online if they are connected to an enterprise fabric switch that supports NPIV.

  • Page 725: Portcfgoctetspeedcombo

    portCfgOctetSpeedCombo portCfgOctetSpeedCombo Sets port speed combination for a port octet. SYNOPSIS portcfgoctetspeedcombo [slot]port combo portcfgoctetspeedcombo [slot]port -default DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure the speed for a port octet. A Condor 3 ASIC has six octets, each of which contains eight ports. You can configure up to three different speed combinations. When you configure a given port, the combination applies to all ports in the octet.
  • Page 726 portCfgOctetSpeedCombo combo Specifies the speed combination for the ports in the octet. The following speed combinations are supported: Supports autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 16 Gbps,8 Gbps,4 Gbps, and 2 Gbps. Supports autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 10 Gbps,8 Gbps,4 Gbps, and 2 Gbps.

  • Page 727: Portcfgpersistentdisable

    portCfgPersistentDisable portCfgPersistentDisable Persistently disables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgpersistentdisable portcfgpersistentdisable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentdisable -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgpersistentdisable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to persistently disable a port or a range of ports. Persistently disabled ports remain disabled across power cycles, switch reboots, and switch enables.
  • Page 728 portCfgPersistentDisable -i index1[-index2] Persistently disables a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers. You may specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, -i 33-38 40-60. Ignores nonexisting ports. This operand is valid only with the -i option. -slot [slot1[-slot2] Persistently disables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5.
  • Page 729 portCfgPersistentDisable Disabled - YES YES YES YES Slot 0 ---------+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+-- Disabled YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES SEE ALSO ficonCupSet, ficonCupShow, portCfgDefault, portDisable, portEnable, portCfgPersistentEnable, portShow, portSwapDisable, portSwapShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 730: Portcfgpersistentenable

    portCfgPersistentEnable portCfgPersistentEnable Persistently enables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgpersistentenable portcfgpersistentenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portcfgpersistentenable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgpersistentenable -s[lot] [slot1[-slot2] portcfgpersistentenable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to persistently enable a port or a range of ports. If the port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
  • Page 731 portCfgPersistentEnable -i index1[-index2] Persistently enables a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers. You may specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, 33-38 40-60. Ignores nonexisting ports. This operand is valid only with the -i option. -slot [slot1[-slot2] Persistently enables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5.

  • Page 732: Portcfgqos

    portCfgQoS portCfgQoS Enables or disables QoS, sets the default configuration, and sets and resets the ingress rate limit. SYNOPSIS portcfgqos --disable | --enable [slot/]port portcfgqos --setratelimit [slot/]port ratelimit portcfgqos --resetratelimit [slot/]port portcfgqos --enable | --disable [slot/]port[-port] csctl_mode portcfgqos --default [slot/]port portcfgqos --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure traffic prioritization on a port.
  • Page 733 portCfgQoS OPERANDS This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to configure, followed by a slash (/). port[-port] Specifies the port or port range to be configured, relative to the slot for bladed systems.
  • Page 734 portCfgQoS To enable CS_CTL VC mode on a port when QoS is enabled.: switch:admin> portcfgqos --enable 1/10-16 csctl_mode Enabling CSCTL mode flows causes QoS zone flows to \ lose priority on such ports Do you want to proceed?(y/n): y switch:admin> portcfgshow -slot 1 Index: 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16...

  • Page 735: Portcfgshow

    portCfgShow portCfgShow Displays port configuration settings. SYNOPSIS portcfgshow portcfgshow [slot/]port portcfgshow -i [ndex1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portcfgshow -slot slot1[-slot2] [...] portcfgshow option [slot/][ge_port] [arguments] [optional_arguments] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current configuration of a port. The behavior of this command is platform-specific;...
  • Page 736 portCfgShow Autonegotiated or fixed port speeds of 16 Gbps and 10 Gbps. Speed Displays Auto for auto speed negotiation mode, or a specific speed of 1, 2, 4, or 8 Gbps. This value is set by the portCfgSpeed command. Fill Word (On Active) Displays the fill word setting that will take effect after the next time the port goes offline and comes back Possible values are 0(Idle-Idle), 1(arbff-arbff), 2(Idle-arbff), or 3(A-A then SW I-A).This parameter is set by the portcfgFillword command.
  • Page 737 portCfgShow Locked L_Port Displays ON when the port is locked to L_Port only. Displays (..) or OFF when L_Port lock mode is disabled and the port behaves as a U_Port). This value is set by the portCfgLport command. Locked G_Port Displays ON when the port is locked to G_Port only.
  • Page 738 portCfgShow Rate Limit Displays ON when ingress rate limit is set on the port or (..) or OFF when the ingress rate limiting feature is disabled. This value is set by the portCfgQos --setratelimit command. The default value is OFF. Credit Recovery Displays ON when Credit Recovery is enabled on the port.
  • Page 739 portCfgShow When portCfgShow is issued for a single FCoE port, only the following fields are displayed: Area Number, Speed Level, AL_PA Offset, RSCN Suppressed, and NPIV PP Limit. If the command is issued without operands on a DCX with one or more FCOE10-24 blades, the port parameters that are not valid on the FCoE ports are marked with a dash (-).
  • Page 740 portCfgShow vlantag Displays the VLAN tagging configuration. For each entry, the output displays the IP interface address, the destination IP address, the VLAN ID, and the L2 CoS priority. This display includes permanent entries only. Permanent entries are configured at the IP interface level with the portCfg vlantag command. To view VLAN tagged tunnels and circuits along with permanent entries, use the portShow vlantag command.
  • Page 741 portCfgShow Credit Recovery F_Port Buffers Fault Delay: 0(R_A_TOV) NPIV PP Limit: CSCTL mode: D-Port mode: D-Port over DWDM: Compression: Encryption: FEC: To display the port configuration settings on a Brocade 5100 for a range of ports specified by their index numbers: switch:admin>...
  • Page 742 portCfgShow Locked E_Port ........ ISL R_RDY Mode ........ RSCN Suppressed ..
  • Page 743 portCfgShow To display the configuration settings for a single port on a switch with Access Gateway enabled: switch:admin> portcfgshow 8 Area Number: Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word(On Active) 0(Idle-Idle) Fill Word(Current) 0(Idle-Idle) Trunk Port Locked N_Port Persistent Disable NPIV capability QOS Port Port Auto Disable: Rate Limit...
  • Page 744 portCfgShow To display the QoS configuration for an EX_Port (QoS over FCR deployment): switch:admin> switchshow | grep EX-Port Online EX-Port \ 10:00:00:05:1e:41:4a:45 "Tom_100" (fabric id = 25 )(Trunk master) switch:admin> portcfgshow 16 Area Number: Octet Speed Combo: 1(16G|8G|4G|2G) Speed Level: AUTO(HW) Fill Word(On Active) 0(Idle-Idle)
  • Page 745 portCfgShow switch:admin> portcfgshow fciptunnel 1/12 ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 1/12 Tunnel Description: Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled (legacy) QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:52:fe:00 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off To display the inband management interface for a single GbE Port on a Brocade 7800: switch:admin>...

  • Page 746: Portcfgspeed

    portCfgSpeed portCfgSpeed Configures the speed for a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portcfgspeed [slot/]port speed portcfgspeed -i [index1[-index2] [-f] speed] portcfgspeed -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portcfgspeed -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...] speed portcfgspeed -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the speed on a specified port or port range. This command disables and then re-enables the ports, and the ports come online with the new speed setting.
  • Page 747 portCfgSpeed -x [hex1 [-hex2]] Configures a port or a range of ports identified by port numbers, index number in hexadecimal format. You may specify multiple port ranges separated by a space, for example, -x 21-26 28-3c. -slot [slot1[-slot2] Configures all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10.
  • Page 748 portCfgSpeed To set the speed of all ports in a range: switch:admin> portcfgspeed -x 1d-1e SEE ALSO portCfgOctetSpeedCombo, portCfgShow, portShow, switchCfgSpeed, portSwapDisable, switchCfgSpeed, portSwapShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 749: Portcfgtrunkport

    portCfgTrunkPort portCfgTrunkPort Enables or disables trunking on a port. SYNOPSIS portcfgtrunkport [slot/]port[,] mode DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable trunking on a port. Use switchCfgTrunk to enable or disable trunking on all ports of a switch. When the command is executed to update the trunking configuration, the port to which the configuration applies is disabled and subsequently re-enabled with the new trunking configuration.

  • Page 750: Portcfgvexport

    portCfgVEXPort portCfgVEXPort Configures a port as a VEX_Port connected to an FC-IP and sets and displays VEX_Port configuration parameters. SYNOPSIS portcfgvexport [slot/]port portcfgvexport [-a admin] portcfgvexport [-f fabricid] portcfgvexport [-r ratov] portcfgvexport [-e edtov] portcfgvexport [-d domainid] portcfgvexport [-p pidformat] portcfgvexport [-t fabric_parameter] portcfgvexport [-m portmode] DESCRIPTION...
  • Page 751 portCfgVEXPort OPERANDS This command has the following operands: -a admin Enables or disables the specified port as a VEX_Port. Valid values are 1 (enable as VEX_Port), 2 (disable as VEX_Port and enable as non-VEX_Port). portCfgDefault may also be used to disable VEX_Ports. -f fabricid Specifies the fabric ID.
  • Page 752 portCfgVEXPort To set the fabric ID of port 2/21 to 5 and the port ID format to core: switch:admin> portcfgvexport 2/21 -f 5 -p 1 To configure port 2/20 as a VEX_Port and set the fabric ID to 4: switch:admin> portcfgvexport 2/20 -a 1 -f 4 To disable fabric parameter negotiation on port 2/20 of a VEX_Port: switch:admin>...

  • Page 753: Portcmd

    portCmd portCmd Diagnoses intelligent ports. SYNOPSIS portcmd --ping [slot/][slot/]ge port -s src_ip -d dst_ip [-x | -crossport] [-n num_requests][-q service_type] [-t ttl][-w wait_time] [-z size][-v vlan_id [-c L2 Class-of-Service]] portcmd --traceroute [slot/][slot/]ge port -s src_ip -d dst_ip [-x | -crossport] [-h max_hops][-f first_ttl][-q type_of_service][-w timeout] [-z size] [-v vlan_id [-c L2 Class-of-Service]] portcmd --tperf [slot/]veport -sink | -source...
  • Page 754 portCmd VLAN tagging ensures that test traffic traverses the same path as real FCIP traffic. A VLAN tag entry must exist prior to issuing the --ping or --traceroute commands; this includes both the local and remote sides. NOTES The -crc option to portCmd --tperf is no longer supported as of Fabric OS v7.0.0. End-to-end path characterization is not supported if an IPSec-enabled tunnel exists that uses the same source/local IP address.
  • Page 755 portCmd -z size Specifies the default packet size to a fixed size in bytes. The default is 64 bytes. In an IPv4 environment, the ICMP/IP header occupies 28 bytes. In an IPv6 environment it occupies 48 bytes. The total size, including ICMP/IP headers (28 or 48 bytes without IP options) cannot be greater than the IP MTU configured on the interface.
  • Page 756 portCmd -v vlan_id Specifies the VLAN ID. Values must be in the range between 1 and 4094. There is no default value. Note that a VLAN tag entry must exist on the local and remote sides prior to issuing the -v option. A VLAN Tag table entry is dynamically maintained by the ipperf application.
  • Page 757 portCmd -pattern pattern Specifies the test data pattern for the payload as one of the following values: 0 | notspecified No pattern is specified. TPerf applies whatever is already set or in memory. This is the default value. 1 | allzeros The specified pattern is "all zeros".
  • Page 758 portCmd To verify if packets can be sent to the destination IP address using VLAN tagging with the -c option. switch:admin> portcmd --ping 8/ge0 -s 192.168.10.1 -d 192.168.20.1 -v 10 -c 3 To trace the IP router hops used to reach the remote host using VLAN tagging with the -c option. switch:admin>...
  • Page 759 portCmd To configure a TPerf source so it generates round-trip high and low priority traffic with a random PDU size from 2048 to 10112 bytes (1 MSS) and with a payload pattern determined by previous settings saved in memory: switch: admin> portcmd --tperf 16 -source -high -low -random TPerf has been configured successfully for 16 TPerf is generating traffic on 16 priority: high...

  • Page 760: Portdebug

    portDebug portDebug Sets debug level and verbose level of port modules. SYNOPSIS portdebug dbg_lvl, vbs_lvl DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the debug level and verbose level of port modules. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 761: Portdecom

    portDecom portDecom Decommissions and disables an E_Port without frame loss. SYNOPSIS portdecom portdecom [slot/]port portdecom --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable an E_Port without frame loss. The E_Port can either be a single redundant E_Port or an E_Port which is part of a trunk group. The port must be an operational E_Port with at least one other redundant E_Port available to reach all domains that the E_Port can reach.

  • Page 762: Portdisable

    portDisable portDisable Disables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portdisable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portdisable -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portdisable -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portdisable -slot [slot1[-slot2] [...]] portdisable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable a port or a range of ports. If the port is connected to another switch when disabled, the fabric may reconfigure.
  • Page 763 portDisable -slot [slot1[-slot2]] Disables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. You may specify multiple slot ranges separated by a space, for example, -s 3-5 8-10. Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To disable a single port. switch:admin>...

  • Page 764: Portdporttest

    portDPortTest portDPortTest Initiates or terminates a D_Port test. SYNOPSIS portdporttest --start | --setarg [-nframes number | -time time] [-framesize size] [-pattern pat_name | -payload payload_pattern] [-fec] [-cr] [slot/]port_list portdporttest --stop [slot/]port_list portdporttest --restart [slot/]port_list portdporttest --show [slot/]port_list | all portdporttest --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manually terminate or re-initiate testing on a diagnostic port (D_Port).
  • Page 765 portDPortTest Test For each sub-test, the command displays the Start time, test result (PASSED, FAILED, RESPONDER, or IN PROGRESS), estimated time in seconds, and diagnostic comments. Comments include the following: No SFP or chip support The test result is skipped because the SFP or port is not capable of D_Port functionality.
  • Page 766 portDPortTest • A set of ports separated by commas, for example "3,5,7,8"or 5/3,5,7,8 on bladed systems. • A wildcard '*' indicates all ports. The wild card should be enclosed in single quotation marks. --start Initiates the diagnostics on the specified D_Ports. -nframes number Specifies the number of frames to send in millions.
  • Page 767 portDPortTest To terminate the D_Port test on a single port: switch:admin> portdporttest --stop To display the runtime status for a single D_Port while the test is in progress: switch:admin> portdporttest --show 42 D-Port Information: ============================================== Port: Remote WWNN: 10:00:00:05:1e:e5:e4:00 Remote port: Mode: Manual No.

  • Page 768: Portenable

    portEnable portEnable Enables a port or a range of ports. SYNOPSIS portenable [slot/]port1[-port2] [...] portenable -i [index1[-index2] [...]] [-f] portenable -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portenable -slot [slot1[-slot2]] portenable -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable a port or a range of ports. If a port is connected to another switch when this command is issued, the fabric may reconfigure.
  • Page 769 portEnable -x [hex1 [-hex2]] Enables a port or a range of ports identified by port numbers, index number in hexadecimal format. You may specify multiple port ranges separated by a space, for example, -x 21-26 28-3c. -slot [slot1[-slot2]] Enables all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5. Multiple slot ranges are not supported with this command.

  • Page 770: Portenccompshow

    portEncCompShow portEncCompShow Displays encryption and compression port configuration details. SYNOPSIS portenccompshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a list of ports that can be configured for encryption or compression. The command displays one section per ASIC and the ports configurable for that ASIC. The output includes the following information: User Port The port index number of the port to be configured.
  • Page 771 portEncCompShow ----------------------------------- SEE ALSO portCfgEncrypt, portCfgCompress Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 772: Porterrshow

    portErrShow portErrShow Displays a port error summary. SYNOPSIS porterrshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display an error summary for all ports. Counts are reported on frames transmitted by the port (Tx) or on frames received by the port (Rx). The display contains one output line per port. Numeric values exceeding 999 are displayed in units of thousands (k), or millions (m) if indicated.
  • Page 773 portErrShow c3-timeout rx The number of receive class 3 frames received at this port and discarded at the transmission port due to timeout (platform- and port-specific). pcs err The number of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) block errors. This counter records encoding violations on 10 Gbps or 16 Gbps ports.

  • Page 774: Portfencing

    portFencing portFencing Configures the Fabric Watch port fencing feature. SYNOPSIS portfencing --show portfencing --enable port_type_list | all -area area_list | -area all portfencing --disable port_type_list | all -area area_list | -area all portfencing --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable the Fabric Watch port fencing feature for specified port types and Fabric Watch areas.
  • Page 775 portFencing The following operands are required with the --enable and --disable options. port_type_list | all Specifies one or more port types for which to enable or disable port fencing. When specifying multiple port types, the list members must be separated by a comma. Alternately, use the all option to specify all of the following port types: e-port Enables or disables port fencing for all E_Ports.
  • Page 776 portFencing To display the current port fencing configuration: switch:admin> portFencing --show Port Type|Area |PF Status ---------|----------------|------------ E-port |CRC |disabled |ITW |enabled |enabled |enabled |enabled FOP-port |CRC |enabled |ITW |enabled |enabled |C3TX_TO |enabled |enabled |enabled Port |CRC |enabled |ITW |disabled |disabled |C3TX_TO |disabled |disabled...

  • Page 777: Portflagsshow

    portFlagsShow portFlagsShow Displays the port status bitmaps for all ports in a switch. SYNOPSIS portflagsshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the following status for a port: SNMP Displays whether the port is online or offline. Physical Displays the port physical status. Valid values are In_Sync, No_Light (Condor 2 ports only), and No_SigDet (quad small form-factor pluggables (QSFPs) installed without cables).
  • Page 778 portFlagsShow 19 Offline No_Module PRESENT U_PORT LED 20 Offline No_Module PRESENT U_PORT LED 21 Offline No_Module PRESENT U_PORT LED 22 Offline No_Module PRESENT U_PORT LED (output truncated) To display the port status for QSFPs installed without cables (partial output) : 16 Offline No_SigDet PRESENT U_PORT LED...

  • Page 779: Portledtest

    portLedTest portLedTest Cycles user port LEDs. SYNOPSIS portledtest [--slot slot_number] [-ports itemlist] [-npass count] [-action value] ceeportledtest [--slot slot_number] [-ports itemlist] [-npass count] [-action value] DESCRIPTION Use this command to exercise the user port LEDs in the current switch. When used without a slot or port specifier, all ports are tested.
  • Page 780 portLedTest -action action Specifies the LED color. Valid values include the following: Cycle all Port LEDs. Turn Port status LED off. Turn Port status LED amber. Turn Port status LED green. Turn Port speed LED green. Turn Port speed LED amber. EXAMPLES To test port LEDs on user port 1 use the corresponding value in the "BPt"...

  • Page 781: Portlogclear

    portLogClear portLogClear Clears the port log. SYNOPSIS portlogclear DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the port log. It is recommended that you clear the port log before triggering an activity so that the log displays only the log events related to that activity. If the port log is disabled, portLogClear enables it.

  • Page 782: Portlogconfigshow

    portLogConfigShow portLogConfigShow Displays the current port log configuration. SYNOPSIS portlogconfigshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current port log configuration. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 783: Portlogdisable

    portLogDisable portLogDisable Disables the port log facility. SYNOPSIS portlogdisable DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the port log facility. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.

  • Page 784: Portlogdump

    portLogDump portLogDump Displays the port log without page breaks. SYNOPSIS portlogdump [count[, saved]] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the port log, listing all entries in the log without page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogShow, but portLogShow prompts you to press Enter between each page.

  • Page 785: Portlogdumpport

    portLogDumpPort portLogDumpPort Displays the port log of a specified port without page breaks. SYNOPSIS portlogdumpport port_index DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the port log for a single port specified by its port index number. The command displays all entries in the log without any page breaks. This command is identical to portLogShowPort, except that portLogShowPort prompts you to press Enter to display the next page.

  • Page 786: Portlogenable

    portLogEnable portLogEnable Enables the port log facility. SYNOPSIS portogenable DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable the port log facility. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details.

  • Page 787: Portlogeventshow

    portLogEventShow portLogEventShow Displays information about port log events. SYNOPSIS portlogeventshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about the ID associated with the various port log events. The Disabled field indicates whether the port log for that event ID is disabled (1) or enabled (0). NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 788: Portloginshow

    portLoginShow portLoginShow Displays port login status of devices attached to the specified port. SYNOPSIS portloginshow [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to display port login status received from devices attached to the specified port. For each login, this command displays the following fields: Type Type of login can display one of the following: FDISC, Discover F_Port Service Parameters or Virtual N_Port login.
  • Page 789 portLoginShow EXAMPLES To display the logins received by Port 23 (revealing one FLOGI (type fe) and two PLOGIs): switch:admin> portloginshow 23 Type World Wide Name credit df_sz cos ===================================================== 201700 21:00:00:e0:8b:05:a3:c9 2048 8 scr=1 201700 21:00:00:e0:8b:05:a3:c9 8 d_id=FFFC20 201700 21:00:00:e0:8b:05:a3:c9 8 d_id=FFFFFC SEE ALSO fcpProbeShow,...

  • Page 790: Portlogpdisc

    portLogPdisc portLogPdisc Sets or clears the debug_pdisc_flag. SYNOPSIS portlogpdisc 0 | 1 DESCRIPTION Use this command to set or clear the debug_pdisc_flag. This command is part of the environmental monitor. A setting of 1 enables logging of Port Discovery parameters. The PDISC log is disabled by default.

  • Page 791: Portlogreset

    portLogReset portLogReset Enables the port log facility. SYNOPSIS portlogreset DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable the port log facility. NOTES Refer to portLogClear for events that may disable the port log facility. The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 792: Portlogresize

    portLogResize portLogResize Resizes the port log to include a specified number of entries. SYNOPSIS portlogresize num_entries DESCRIPTION Use this command to resize the port log to include a specified number of entries. If the specified number of entries is less than the already configured port log size, there is no change. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 793: Portlogshow

    portLogShow portLogShow Displays the port log with page breaks. SYNOPSIS portlogshow [count[, saved]] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the port log with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDump, but one page at a time. The port log is a circular log file in the switch firmware which can save up to 65,536 entries depending on the hardware platform.
  • Page 794 portLogShow ctout A CT based response is transmitted. errlog A message is added to the error log. loopscn A loop state change notification is posted. create A task is created. debug Indicates a debug message. nbrfsm Indicates a neighbor state transition. Indicates a speed negotiation state.
  • Page 795 portLogShow Tx & Rx Frame payload size. New state (see state codes below). pstate New physical state (see pstate codes below). ctin The CT-subtype: Simple Name Server. Alias Server. ctout The same as ctin. errlog Error level (refer to errShow). loopscn The current loop state during loop initialization.
  • Page 796 portLogShow ctin Argument 0 is divided into two 16-bit fields: [A] A bit map indicating whether subsequent arguments are valid (0001 means argument 1 is valid, 0003 means arguments 1 and 2 are valid). [B] The CT-based service command code. Argument 1 is the first word of the CT payload, if applicable (as specified in [A]).
  • Page 797 portLogShow Faulty E_Port F_Port Segmented pstate Valid pstate values include the following: Active State Link Reset: LR Transmit State Link Reset: LR Receive State Link Reset: LRR Receive State Link Failure: NOS Transmit State Link Failure: NOS Receive State Offline: OLS Transmit State Offline: OLS Receive State Offline: Wait for OLS State LIP reason...
  • Page 798 portLogShow 8009 LIP as requested by the LINIT ELS received. 800a LIP as requested by the LPC ELS received. Speed Negotiation States Valid states include the following: INIT Start negotiation. Negotiate master. Wait for signal. Negotiation follows. Negotiation complete. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.
  • Page 799 portLogShow 17:05:31.775 PORT Tx 02fffffd,00fffffd,0e08ffff,14000000 17:05:31.775 PORT debug 00c0ffee,00fd015c,14000000,00000001 17:05:31.777 PORT Rx c0fffffd,00fffffd,0e080907 17:05:31.778 PORT Tx 02fffffd,00fffffd,0e09ffff,14000000 17:05:31.779 PORT debug 00c0ffee,00fd015e,14000000,00000001 17:05:31.782 PORT Rx c0fffffd,00fffffd,0e090908 SEE ALSO portLogClear, portLogDump, upTime Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 800: Portlogshowport

    portLogShowPort portLogShowPort Displays the port log of a specified port with page breaks. SYNOPSIS portlogshowport port_index DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the port log of a specified port with page breaks. This command displays the same information as portLogDumpPort, except that portLogDumpPort does not prompt you to press Enter to display the next page.

  • Page 801: Portlogtypedisable

    portLogTypeDisable portLogTypeDisable Disables the port log of a specified type. SYNOPSIS portlogtypedisable id DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the port log for a specified port log type. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 802: Portlogtypeenable

    portLogTypeEnable portLogTypeEnable Enables the port log of a specified port log type. SYNOPSIS portlogtypeenable id DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable the port log for a specified port log type. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 803: Portloopbacktest

    portLoopbackTest portLoopbackTest Performs a functional test of port N->N path. SYNOPSIS portloopbacktest [--slot slot] [-nframes count] [-lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode] [-ports itemlist] ceeportloopbacktest [--slot slot] [-nframes count] [-lb_mode mode] [-spd_mode mode] [-ports itemlist] DESCRIPTION Use this command to verify the functional operation of the switch by exercising the blade ports of the switch.
  • Page 804 portLoopbackTest At each pass, the frame is created from a different data type of a palette of seven. If seven passes are requested, seven different data types are used in the test. If eight passes are requested, the first seven frames use unique data types, and the eighth is the same as the first.
  • Page 805 portLoopbackTest Backend bypass & SERDES loopback (supported only on a chassis) -spd_mode mode Specifies the speed mode for the test. This parameter controls the speed at which each port is operated. The speed option chosen must not exceed the speed capability of the SFP device or the test will fail.
  • Page 806 portLoopbackTest EXAMPLES To run a functional test in default mode: switch:admin> portloopbacktest Running portloopbacktest ....PASSED. To run a functional test on a Brocade 8000: switch:admin> ceeportloopbacktest Running portloopbacktest ....PASSED. SEE ALSO itemList Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 807: Portmirror

    portMirror portMirror Adds, deletes, or displays port mirror connections. SYNOPSIS portmirror portmirror --show portmirror --add [slot/]port SID DID portmirror --delete SID DID DESCRIPTION Use this command to add, delete, or display a mirror connection between two ports, a source and a destination port.
  • Page 808 portMirror State The state of the mirror connection. The state can either be "Defined" or "Enabled." In both cases, the port mirroring connection is persistently stored. A connection that is "Defined" has not been hardware-configured because at least one port is not online.
  • Page 809 portMirror --delete Deletes a mirror connection between a source and a destination. You must specify a SID and a DID when deleting a mirror connection. EXAMPLES To configure a port as a mirror port: switch:admin> portcfg mirrorport 18--enable Please confirm enable of Mirror Port: 17 (Y,y,N,n): [n] y To verify that port mirroring is enabled on port 18: switch:admin>...
  • Page 810 portMirror To display the mirror connections: switch:admin> portmirror --show Number of mirror connection(s) configured: 3 Mirror_Port State ---------------------------------------- 0x640c00 0x640800 Enabled 0x640700 0x640b00 Enabled 0x640700 0x640c00 Enabled To delete a port mirror connection between two local switch ports: switch:admin> portmirror --delete 0x640700 0x640c00 To add a port mirror connection between a local switch port and a remote switch port: switch:admin>...

  • Page 811: Portname

    portName portName Assigns or displays port names. SYNOPSIS portname portname [slot/]port [-n name] portname -i [index1[-index2][...][-f] [-n name]] portname -slot slot1[-slot2] [...][-n name] portname -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to assign a port name to a specified port or to a range of ports. The port name is included in the portShow output;...
  • Page 812 portName -slot [slot1[-slot2] Assigns a name to all ports on a slot or on a range of slots, for example, -s 3-5 -n backup. Multiple slot ranges are not supported with this command. -n name Specifies the name to be assigned to the ports. The port name is a character string up to 128 characters, including spaces and characters, and excluding commas (,), semicolons (;), backslashes (\), and the at sign (@).

  • Page 813: Portperfshow

    portPerfShow portPerfShow Displays port throughput performance. SYNOPSIS portperfshow portperfshow [[slot/]port1[-[slot/]port2]] [-tx -rx | -tx | -rx] [-t interval]] portperfshow -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portperfshow --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display throughput information for all ports on a switch or chassis or to display the information for a specified port or port range.
  • Page 814 portPerfShow -tx -rx Displays the transmitter and receiver throughput. -x [hex1 [-hex2]] Displays a port or a range of ports identified by port numbers, index number in hexadecimal format. You may specify multiple port ranges separated by a space, for example, -x 21-26 28-3c. EXAMPLES To display performance information for all ports at a one second (default) interval: switch:user>...
  • Page 815 portPerfShow ===================================================================== 0 210.1m 840.5m 210.1m 0 Total ============================================== 2.5g (output truncated) To display performance on a single port with at a 5 second interval: switch:user> portperfshow 0 -t 5 Total ================= 630.4m 630.4m Total ================= 630.3m 630.3m (output truncated) To display transmitter throughput for a single port at a 5 second interval: switch:user>...

  • Page 816: Portrouteshow

    portRouteShow portRouteShow Displays routing tables for the specified port. SYNOPSIS portrouteshow [slot/]port DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the port address ID for a specified port and the contents of the following port routing tables: External unicast routing table Displays how the specified port forwards unicast frames to remote domains in the following format: domain_number: ports_bitmap domain_number The remote domain ID to which frames are ultimately routed.
  • Page 817 portRouteShow EXAMPLES To display the routing tables for a port: switch:user> portrouteshow 4/15 port address ID: 0x02bf00 external unicast routing table: 1: 0x4 (vc=3) 2: 0x10000 (vc=0) internal unicast routing table: 60: 0x8000 (vc=2) 63: 0x1000 (vc=5) broadcast routing table: 0x10000 SEE ALSO bcastShow, fabricShow, switchShow, topologyShow,...

  • Page 818: Portshow

    portShow portShow Displays status and configuration parameters for ports and GbE ports. SYNOPSIS portshow [slot/][ge]port portshow -i [ index1 [-index2] [...]] [-f] portshow -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portshow option [slot/]ge_port [optional_args] portshow option [all | ve_port] arguments [optional_arguments] portshow option [all |ge_port] arguments [optional_arguments] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display general port status and specific configuration parameters for a specified...
  • Page 819 portShow FUNCTION General port status display commands supported on all platforms SYNOPSIS portshow [slot/][ge]port portshow -i [index1[-index2] [...]] [-f] portshow -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display general port status and configuration parameters for the specified port. This command is valid on all platforms, but the output is platform-specific and not all fields are displayed on all platforms.
  • Page 820 portShow Online Up and running. Offline Not online, see portPhys for more detail. Testing Running diagnostics. Faulty Failed diagnostics. Persistently Disabled Persistently disabled. Protocol Protocol used by the port: FC or FCoE. portPhys The port's physical state: No_Card No interface card present. No_Module No module (GBIC or other) present.
  • Page 821 portShow portWwn of devices(s) connected The World Wide Port Names of connected devices. Distance The port's long-distance level. In the case of LD mode, the user configured distance and actual distance also are displayed. See portCfgLongDistance for information on long distance levels. Port part of other AD Yes or No.
  • Page 822 portShow Edge fabric's primary WWN If the EX_Port is connected to an edge switch with FCS policy enforcement, the WWN of the primary FCS is displayed when the edge fabric is secure and the primary FCS is online. Otherwise, displays "No Primary". Edge fabric's version stamp If the EX_PORT is connected to an edge switch with FCS policy enforcement, the version of the security database is displayed.
  • Page 823 portShow port Specifies the number of the port to be displayed, relative to its slot for bladed systems. Use switchShow for a listing of valid port numbers. -i index1[-index2] Specifies a port or a range of ports identified by port index numbers. You can specify multiple index ranges separated by a space, for example, 33-38 40-60.
  • Page 824 portShow To display the current state of a port with encryption enabled: switch:admin> portshow 10/44 portIndex: 348 portName: slot10port44 portHealth: No Fabric Watch License Authentication: None portDisableReason: None portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: 0x10000103 PRESENT ACTIVE E_PORT T_PORT\ T_MASTER G_PORT U_PORT ENCRYPT LOGIN LocalSwcFlags: 0x0 portType: 24.0...
  • Page 825 portShow To display an FCoE port: switch:admin> portshow 8 portIndex: portName: portHealth: HEALTHY Authentication: None portDisableReason: None portCFlags: 0x1 portFlags: 0x2cb03 PRESENT ACTIVE F_PORT G_PORT U_PORT\ LOGICAL_ONLINE LOGIN NOELP LED NSREG ACCEPT FLOGI portType: 17.0 POD Port: Port is licensed portState: 1 Online Protocol: FCoE...
  • Page 826 portShow ipif Displays the IP interface ID, IP address, netmask, and MTU for IPv4 addresses. Displays the prefix instead of the netmask for IPv6 addresses. Flags are explained in the command output (refer to the example below). iproute Displays the IP address, netmask, gateway, metrics, and flags. Displays the prefix instead of the netmask for IPv6 addresses.
  • Page 827 portShow Port: ge0 IP Address Mask Gateway Metric Flags ------------------------------------------------------------- 192.42.0.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.0.250 192.168.0.0 255.255.255.0 192.168.0.10 255.255.255.255 * U H L 192.168.0.11 255.255.255.255 * U H L 192.168.0.21 255.255.255.255 * 192.168.0.250 255.255.255.255 * U H L IPv6 Address Gateway Metric Flags ------------------------------------------------------------- 2000::...
  • Page 828 portShow 192.168.12.103 255.255.255.255 * U C (crossport) 192.168.12.201 255.255.255.255 * U H L (crossport) 192.168.21.0 255.255.255.0 U C (crossport) 192.168.21.103 255.255.255.255 * U C (crossport) 192.168.21.201 255.255.255.255 * U H L (crossport) To display the ARP tables on the Brocade 7800: switch:admin>...
  • Page 829 portShow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display configuration parameters and status information for FCIP tunnels and FCIP circuits on the GbE/10GbE ports on the Brocade 7800 and FX8-24 platforms. The FCIP tunnels on the local and remote GbE ports act as Virtual E_Ports (VE_Ports) connecting the local and remote fabrics. The following display options are supported on these platforms: •...
  • Page 830 portShow --lifetime Displays the entire lifetime statistics for FCIP Tunnels, Circuits and the associated TCP connections. This option will ignore any time based deltas that were created previously set using the --reset option. -q | --qos Displays the QoS statistics including performance for each priority. This operand is optional with the --perf option.
  • Page 831 portShow -q | --qos Displays the QoS statistics including performance for each priority. This operand is optional with the --perf option. mgmtif Displays the inband management interfaces configured for a specified GbE Port or for all GbE Ports. For each GbE Port, the display includes the interface status (enabled or disabled), the interface IPv4 Address, the netmask, effective MTU, and annotated port flags.
  • Page 832 portShow -dump Displays a raw data dump including data for all information types. param Limits output to one or more of the following parameters, given the commands and levels specified with this command. This operand is optional; if omitted, output for all parameters is displayed. There is no default parameter.
  • Page 833 portShow when you first issue this command or any other performance monitor commands after a reboot, the command starts the performance monitor, takes a snapshot of current statistics, and saves them with a time stamp. When you issue the command again, it displays the time elapsed between the two iterations of the command and the average time delta statistics.
  • Page 834 portShow -rte Displays the current Routing Info SE memory. EXAMPLES To display FCIP tunnel configuration parameters on the Brocade 7800 with Ficon enabled: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 16 ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 16 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Compression: On (Aggressive) Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off...
  • Page 835 portShow To display an FCIP tunnel with additional circuit information: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 1/12 -c Tunnel ID: 1/12 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:52:fe:00 Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a4:76...
  • Page 836 portShow To display additional performance parameters on tunnel 1/12 (add -c to display all circuits): switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 1/12 --perf ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 1/12 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Compression: Off Fastwrite: Off Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Disabled QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured...
  • Page 837 portShow Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:52:fe:00 Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a4:76 Circuit Count: 2 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off ------------------------------------------- Circuit ID: 1/12.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.200 Local IP: 192.168.12.100 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 2500000 Max Comm Rt: 2500000...
  • Page 838 portShow Keepalive Interval: 15 s Inactivity: 120 s ------------------------------------------- TCP Connection 1/12.0:15240900 Priority: F-Class (Output truncated) To display the time based set of statistics: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 23 -tcp --reset ------------------------------------------- Output deleted ------------------------------------------- switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 23 -tcp ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 23 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled...
  • Page 839 portShow 30888269 Input Packets 2708 pkt/s 30s Avg, 3288 pkt/s Delta Lifetime Avg TCP Stats: 87741527068 Output Bytes 119987815 Output Packets 40680294864 Input Bytes 89303680 Input Packets Retransmits: 0 Round Trip Time: 0 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 ------------------------------------------- Circuit ID: 23.0 Circuit Num: 0...
  • Page 840 portShow Adaptive Rate Limiting Statistics: None (F-Class) Sender Statistics: Bytes Sent: 8897112 Packets Sent: 117187 Round Trip Time 0 ms, HWM 0 ms, Variance 0, HWM 0 Send Window: 20971520 bytes, scale: 9 Slow Starts: 0 Slow Start Threshold: 16777216 Congestion Window: 16778636 TCP Op State: slow start Next Seq: 0xde83816c, Min: 0xde83816c, Max: 0xde83816c...
  • Page 841 portShow RecvQ Bytes: 0 RecvQ Next: 0x30a7f86a Min: 0x30a7f86a Max: 0x31e7f86a Out Of Sequence Pkts: 0, HWM 0, Total 0 Keepalive: Keepalive Timeout: 60 s Keepalive Interval: 15 s Inactivity: 120 s (output truncated) To display the entire lifetime statistics for FCIP Tunnels, Circuits and the associated TCP connections: switch:admin>...
  • Page 842 portShow TCP Stats: 122056754516 Output Bytes 195607261 Output Packets 71229250140 Input Bytes 153491322 Input Packets Retransmits: 0 Round Trip Time: 0 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 ------------------------------------------- Circuit ID: 23.0 Circuit Num: 0 Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.64 Local IP: 192.168.12.63...
  • Page 843 portShow Sender Statistics: Bytes Sent: 17816460 Packets Sent: 234832 Round Trip Time 0 ms, HWM 0 ms, Variance 0, HWM 0 Send Window: 20971520 bytes, scale: 9 Slow Starts: 0 Slow Start Threshold: 16777216 Congestion Window: 16778636 TCP Op State: slow start Next Seq: 0xde886fec, Min: 0xde886fec, Max: 0xde886fec Unacked data: 0 Retransmit Timeout: 100 ms, Duplicate ACKs 0...
  • Page 844 portShow Out Of Sequence Pkts: 0, HWM 0, Total 0 Keepalive: Keepalive Timeout: 60 s Keepalive Interval: 15 s Inactivity: 120 s (output truncated) To display IPSec parameters on an IPSec-enabled tunnel: switch:admin> portshow fciptunnel 17 -i ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 17 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled Oper Status: Empty...
  • Page 845 portShow |--> Circuit 1/12.1 High Level Circuit Stats: Operational Status: Up Connected Count: 1 Max Comm Rate: 2500000 Bytes In: 712 Bytes In Avg: 0 Bytes Out: 700 Bytes Out Avg: 0 Packets In: 4 Packets In Avg: 0 Packets Out: 5 Packets Out Avg: 0 Aggregate TCP Stats: TCP Bytes In: 68632640...
  • Page 846 portShow |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15240899 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15240900 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15240901 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241489 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241490 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241491 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241292 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241293 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241294 |---> TCP Conn 1/12.0:15241096 |--->...
  • Page 847 portShow Tape Acceleration: Off TPerf Option: Off IPSec: Enabled (legacy) QoS Percentages: High 50%, Med 30%, Low 20% Remote WWN: Not Configured Local WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:52:fe:00 Peer WWN: 10:00:00:05:1e:39:a4:76 Circuit Count: 1 Flags: 0x00000000 FICON: Off To display a summary view of the FCIP tunnel and circuits showing then legacy flag for the tunnel: switch:admin>...
  • Page 848 portShow 1/22 Medium 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 - 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 F-Class 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 Medium 2d23h11m 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1/22 0 1/xge0 Low...
  • Page 849 portShow Remote IP: 192.168.12.200 Local IP: 192.168.12.100 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 2500000 Max Comm Rt: 2500000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: 0 H: 0 M:...
  • Page 850 portShow Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: 300 L2CoS: F: 7 H: 5 M: 3 L: DSCP: 0 H: 0 M: 0 L: Flags: 0x00000000 To display additional performance parameters for a circuit: switch:admin> portshow fcipcircuit 1/12 0 --perf ------------------------------------------- Tunnel ID: 1/12 Tunnel Description: Admin Status: Enabled...
  • Page 851 portShow Oper Status: Up Connection Type: Default Remote IP: 192.168.12.200 Local IP: 192.168.12.100 Metric: 0 Min Comm Rt: 2500000 Max Comm Rt: 2500000 SACK: On Min Retrans Time: 100 Max Retransmits: 8 Keepalive Timeout: 10000 Path MTU Disc: 0 VLAN ID: (Not Configured) L2CoS: (VLAN Not Configured) DSCP: 0 H:...
  • Page 852 portShow Round Trip Time: 0 ms Out Of Order: 0 Slow Starts: 0 Performance Statistics - Priority: Medium Oper Status: Up Flow Ctrl State: Off Connected Count: 1 Duration: 3 days, 19 hours, 57 minutes, 43 seconds 26358236 Output Bytes 17 Bps 30s Avg, 79 Bps Lifetime Avg 29611 Output Packets 0 pkt/s 30s Avg, 0 pkt/s Lifetime Avg...
  • Page 853 portShow Interface IPv4 Address NetMask Effective MTU Flags -------------------------------------------------------------- 20.20.1.151 255.255.255.0 1500 Inband Management: ge2 Enabled Interface IPv4 Address NetMask Effective MTU Flags -------------------------------------------------------------- 20.20.2.151 255.255.255.0 1500 Flags: U=Up B=Broadcast D=Debug L=Loopback P=Point2Point R=Running N=NoArp PR=Promisc M=Multicast S=StaticArp LU=LinkUp To display the inband management interface for a single GbE Port on a Brocade 7800: switch:admin>...
  • Page 854 portShow To display the route for a single management interface on a Brocade 7800: switch:admin> portshow mgmtroute ge1 Inband Management Routes: Port: ge1 IP Address Mask Gateway Metric Flags ------------------------------------------------------------- 192.168.1.0 255.255.255.0 20.20.1.250 20.20.1.0 255.255.255.0 Flags: U=Usable G=Gateway H=Host C=Created(Interface) S=Static L=LinkLayer(Arp) To display FCP emulation statistics using the command with two levels and a single command: switch:admin>...
  • Page 855 portShow XRC Emulation Statistical Counts (decimal) ----------------------------------------------------------- Total Emulated RT Accepted Status 458399 Total Emulated RRS Chains 1475797 Total Emulated RRS Commands 1475797 Total Received RRS Bytes 59031880 Total XRC RRS Requests in Bytes 86871314608 Average RRS Request BlkSize Average RRS Requests per Chain Largest RRS Request Byte Count 58864 Ratio of RRS Read Bytes to the...
  • Page 856 portShow flg=10 parms=2001F2 typ=002086 mod=A04 mfg=IBM plnt=02 0410084000 0x176308640E****** Yes ESCN 0x14A40000 \ flg=10 parms=2001F2 typ=002086 mod=A04 mfg=IBM plnt=02 ------------------------ EgrOx IngOx Valid VTN ===== ===== ===== === sq=0000000E77DF tg=80F0 sq=0000000E77DF tg=80F2 sq=0000000E77DF tg=80F2 (Output split) To display the FICON Channel Blocks (all blocks and a specified block): switch:admin>...
  • Page 857 portShow 0410072000 0x176308640E0600** 0x00 0000 0410073100 0x176308640E0601** 0x00 0000 0410075100 0x176308640E0602** 0x00 0000 0410076880 0x176308640E0603** 0x00 0000 0410078000 0x176308640E0604** 0x00 0000 0410078880 0x176308640E0605** 0x00 0000 041007A000 0x176308640E0606** 0x00 0000 FC Egress parms: Type LPE BL CHPID Tag V Ve P B P VC EGID ==== === == ===== ========== = == = = = == ==== TAPE...
  • Page 858 portShow cmdHdrQueue cmdHdrQMax = MISC (hex) ========== state = 0x00 prevState = 0x18 lastStateArray= 0x1C371415 statusFlags = 0x4000 errorCode = 0x00 ingressOxid = 0xFFFF egressOxid = 0xFFFF allocatedOxid= 0xFFFF unsolIngrOxid = 0xFFFF lastStatus = 0x0C lastCmd = 0x00 tokenFlags = 0x00 lastCmdArray= 0x773E3E64 lastStsArray= 0x08040C0Cl \ astXprtArray=0x08040C0C lastSeqId...
  • Page 859 portShow maxWritePipe = 0x0000 maxReadPipe = 0x0002 teraCmdCode = 0x64 teraStatus = 0x0d emulTeraWriteOps = 0x00043085 emulTeraReadOps = 0x00000000 emulTeraWrtBytes = 0x00000001679cb8b0 emulTeraReadBytes = 0x0000000000000000 emulTeraWriteCcws = 0x00043085 emulTeraReadCcws= 0x00000000 multUnitCheckCnt = 0x00000000 currentWriteChain = 160 largestWriteChain = 43936 bytesInWritePipe atMaxWrtBytesCount IU Pacing Values:crrsIssued=0 creditsOutstanding=0 currentCreditBurst=0 Historic Emulation Headers:...
  • Page 860 portShow To display FICON emulation statistics on the Brocade 7800 (as the following examples show, this command can display emulation statistiocs for Teradata, Tape, XRC, and Printer depending on the FICON devices and FICON Emulation Features that are enabled on the tunnel. ): switch:admin>...
  • Page 861 portShow [...] +-----------+---+------+------+------+ | Emulated |Avg| RRS| RRS | Large| | RRS Ops |RRS| TLF| Read|Chains| +-----------+---+------+------+------+ 12039| 1| 58864| 26608| 1| 58864| 15658| 1| 58864| 28742| 1| 58864| 16041| 1| 58864| [...] (Output split and truncated) switch:admin> portshow xtun 23 -ficon -emulprint PRTR EMULATION STATS +------------+----------------+-+-----+----+----+----+ FDCB Ptr...
  • Page 862 portShow Current Egress Q Count= RetryQCnt = Current Free Headers = 892 HdrsInUse = Active Emulation Count= XRC Emulation Statistical Counts (decimal) ----------------------------------------------------------- Total Emulated RRS Chains 1950996 Total Emulated RRS Commands 18732495 Total Received RRS Bytes 145156149548 Total XRC RRS Requests in Bytes 315684784416 Average RRS Request BlkSize 7748...
  • Page 863 portShow Current Host side Write FDCB Count Max Concurrent Write FDCB Count Current Write Limited FDCB Count Tera Read Emulation Statistical Counts (decimal) -------------------------------------------------- Total number of emulated Read Bytes = 17688908128 Total number of emulated Read Chains= 825572 Total number of emulated Read CCWs 825572 Average Emulated Bytes per chain 21426...
  • Page 864 portShow 4 [0x00000010] = 1 : ACCEPT_READTRACK_STATUS 3 [0x00000008] = 0 : FORCE_DISABLE_READ_PIPE 2 [0x00000004] = 0 : FORCE_DISABLE_WRITE_PIPE 1 [0x00000002] = 0 : FORCE_DISABLE_XRC_EMUL 0 [0x00000001] = 0 : DISABLE_PERSIST_IU_PACE To display FICON Teradata Read and Write performance data: switch:admin>...
  • Page 865 portShow To display FICON XRC performance data: switch:admin> portshow xtun 23 -ficon -xrcperf XRC Performance Monitor Data: ============================= Sample Time Period in ms: 11340 Emulated Chains per sec: 16 Emulated RRS Cmds per sec: 16 Emulated RRS Bytes per sec: 640 Average RRS Update Size: 40 SEE ALSO authUtil, portCfg, portLoginShow, portCfgLongDistance,...

  • Page 866: Portstats64Show

    portStats64Show portStats64Show Displays the 64-bit hardware statistics for a port. SYNOPSIS portstats64show [slot/]port [-long] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display 64-bit hardware statistics for a specified port. When used without the -long option, two integers are reported for most values, the lower and upper 32-bits are reported as two separate numbers.
  • Page 867 portStats64Show er64_disc_c3 Number of class 3 frames discarded. er64_pcs_blk Number of Physical Coding Sublayer (PCS) block errors. This counter records encoding violations on 10 Gbps or 16 Gbps ports. stat64_rateTxFrame Tx frame rate (frames/second). stat64_rateRxFrame Rx frame rate (frames/second). stat64_rateTxPeakFrame Tx peak frame rate (frames/second).
  • Page 868 portStats64Show swConnUnitStopTenancyStarvation, Starve_stop Number of loop tenancies stopped due to starvation. swConnUnitOpend, opened Number of times the FL_Port entered OPENED state. swConnUnitTransferConnection, transfer Number of times the FL_Port entered TRANSFER state. swConnUnitOpen, open Number of times the FL_Port entered OPEN state. swConnUnitInvalidARB, er_inv_arb Number of invalid arbitrated loops (ARBs).
  • Page 869 portStats64Show stat64_ftx top_int : Frames transmitted bottom_int : Frames transmitted stat64_frx top_int : Frames received bottom_int : Frames received stat64_c2_frx 0 top_int : Class 2 frames received bottom_int : Class 2 frames received stat64_c3_frx 0 top_int : Class 3 frames received bottom_int : Class 3 frames received stat64_lc_rx top_int : Link control frames received...
  • Page 870 portStats64Show To display the counters as one single 64-bit number: switch:admin> portstats64show 12 -long zero64_tenancy zero_tenancy fl64_tenancy number of times FL has the tenancy nl64_tenancy number of times NL has the tenancy starve64_stop tenancies stopped due to starvation opened64 FL_Port opened transfer64 loop_transfer open64...

  • Page 871: Portstatsclear

    portStatsClear portStatsClear Clears port hardware statistics. SYNOPSIS portstatsclear [slot/]port portstatsclear -i [index1[-index2] [...] [-f]] portstatsclear -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portstatsclear -slot [slot1[-slot2][...] portstatsclear -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to clear the hardware statistics for the specified ports. Including ALPA-based CRC monitor, End-to-End monitor, and Filter-based performance monitor statistics. You can identify a single port to be cleared by its port number or by its port index number in decimal or hexadecimal format.
  • Page 872 portStatsClear Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To clear hardware statistics for a single port specified by its port number: switch:admin> portstatsclear 4/15 To clear hardware statistics for a single port specified by its index number: switch:admin> portstatsclear -i 25 To clear hardware statistics for a range of ports specified by their index numbers: switch:admin>...

  • Page 873: Portstatsshow

    portStatsShow portStatsShow Displays port hardware statistics. SYNOPSIS portstatsshow [slot/]port portstatsshow -i [index1[-index2][...] [-f]] portstatsshow -x [hex1[-hex2] [...]] portstatsshow -slot [slot1[-slot2][...] portstatsshow ge [slot/]ge port portstatsshow ip [slot/]ge port [ip_address] portstatsshow fcip [slot/]ge port [tunnel_number] portstatsshow -h DESCRIPTION Use this command to display port hardware statistics counters. Some counters are platform- or port-specific and display only on those platforms and ports.
  • Page 874 portStatsShow stat_mc_tx The number of multicast frames transmitted. tim_rdy_pri The number of times that sending R_RDY or VC_RDY primitive signals was a higher priority than sending frames, due to diminishing credit reserves in the transmitter at the other end of the fiber. This parameter is sampled at intervals of 1.8 microseconds, and the counter is incremented by 1 if the condition is true.
  • Page 875 portStatsShow er_unreachable The number of frames discarded because the destination port cannot be reached. er_other_discard The number of other discarded due to route lookup failures or other reasons. er_zone_discard The number of class 3 frames discarded due to zone mismatch. er_type1_miss The number of FCR frames with transmit errors.
  • Page 876 portStatsShow ge_stat_tx_ucast_frms The number of unicast frames transmitted on the GbE port. ge_stat_tx_mcast_frms The number of multicast frames transmitted on the GbE port. ge_stat_tx_bcast_frms The number of broadcast frames transmitted on the GbE port. ge_stat_tx_vlan_frms The number of VLAN frames transmitted on the GbE port. ge_stat_tx_pause_frms The number of pause frames transmitted on the GbE port.
  • Page 877 portStatsShow OPERANDS This command has the following operands: slot For bladed systems only, specifies the slot number of the port to be displayed, followed by a slash (/). [ge]port Displays statistics for a single port identified by the port number, relative to its slot on bladed systems.
  • Page 878 portStatsShow stat_mc_tx Multicast frames transmitted tim_rdy_pri Time R_RDY high priority tim_txcrd_z Time TX Credit Zero (2.5Us ticks) tim_txcrd_z_vc 0- 3: 0 tim_txcrd_z_vc 4- 7: 0 tim_txcrd_z_vc 8-11: tim_txcrd_z_vc 12-15: er_enc_in Encoding errors inside of frames er_crc Frames with CRC errors er_trunc Frames shorter than minimum er_toolong...
  • Page 879 portStatsShow ge_err_length GE invalid length ge_err_crc GE CRC Errors ge_err_abort GE abort frames ge_err_overrun GE overruns ge_err_fifo_ovf GE Fifo overflow To display the basic set of statistics using port index number specified in hexadecimal format: switch:admin> portstatsshow -x 11f port: ========= stat_wtx 4-byte words transmitted...

  • Page 880: Portswap

    portSwap portSwap Swaps two ports or removes swapping of ports. SYNOPSIS portswap [slot1/]port1 [slot2/]port2 portswap --restore DESCRIPTION Use this command to swap the 24-bit port address (PID) for a pair of ports or to remove swapping of ports. When swapping both ports must be disabled prior to executing this command and the port-swapping feature must be enabled using portSwapEnable.
  • Page 881 portSwap To cancel the swapping of ports: switch:admin> portswap --restore portswap done switch:admin> SEE ALSO portDisable, portEnable, portShow, portSwapDisable, portSwapEnable, portSwapShow, switchShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 882: Portswapdisable

    portSwapDisable portSwapDisable Disables the PortSwap feature. SYNOPSIS portswapdisable DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used after this feature is disabled. The disabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.

  • Page 883: Portswapenable

    portSwapEnable portSwapEnable Enables the PortSwap feature. SYNOPSIS portswapenable DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable the PortSwap feature. The portSwap command cannot be used unless the feature is first enabled with this command. The enabled state of the PortSwap feature is persistent across reboots and power cycles. Enabling or disabling the PortSwap feature does not affect previously performed PortSwap operations.

  • Page 884: Portswapshow

    portSwapShow portSwapShow Displays the state of the PortSwap feature. SYNOPSIS portswapshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the state of the PortSwap feature and information about swapped ports. If portSwap is enabled and ports have been swapped, the command displays the enabled status as well as the swapped ports and the new port address (the 24-bit PID) for these ports.

  • Page 885: Porttest

    portTest portTest Performs a functional test of a switch in a live fabric. SYNOPSIS porttest [-ports itemlist] [-iteration count] [-userdelay time] [-timeout time] [-pattern pattern] [-patsize size] [-seed seed] [-listtype porttype] DESCRIPTION Use this command to isolate problems in a single replaceable element and to trace problems to near-end terminal equipment, far-end terminal equipment, or the transmission line.
  • Page 886 portTest Use the stopPortTest command to stop the test. Refer to the stopPortTest help page for more information. Use the portTestShow command to view the current status of portTest. Refer to the portTestShow help page for more information. If there is a port type change during portTest execution, the test continues on a given port as long as it can be supported and it is asked to do so.
  • Page 887 portTest All N->N loopback ports. EXAMPLES To run a functional test on an active switch: switch:admin> porttest -ports 1/1-1/3 SEE ALSO portLoopbackTest, portTestShow, spinFab, stopPortTest Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 888: Porttestshow

    portTestShow portTestShow Displays information from portTest. SYNOPSIS porttestshow [-ports itemlist] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a snapshot of information from portTest. The command output displays statistical data about past test runs and values for parameters that were set when the test was run. Refer to the portTest help page for more information on the displayed parameters.
  • Page 889 portTestShow NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. OPERANDS This command has the following operand: -ports itemlist Displays test results for the specified ports.

  • Page 890: Portthconfig

    portThConfig portThConfig Configures Fabric Watch event thresholds per port type. SYNOPSIS portthconfig --set port_type -area area [-timebase time_base] [-highthreshold -value value -trigger above | below -action actions] [-lowthreshold -value value -trigger above | below -action actions] [-buffer value][-nosave] portthconfig --apply port_type -area area [-thresh_level def | cust] [-action_level def| cust] portthconfig --cancel port_type -area area [-thresh_level def | cust] [-action_level def| cust]...
  • Page 891 portThConfig NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place. Refer to Chapter 1, "Using Fabric OS Commands" and Appendix A, "Command Availability" for details. This command requires a Fabric Watch license. For more information on port threshold configuration procedures, including default values for specific area high/low thresholds, refer to the Fabric Watch Administrator's Guide.
  • Page 892 portThConfig Link reset Trunk Utilization Only the following areas are valid for VE_Ports. UTIL Port utilization PKTLOSS Packet loss State change --set Configures the Fabric Watch thresholds for monitoring a specified area for all ports of a specified port type. When configuring a threshold, you must specify a port type and area.
  • Page 893 portThConfig portlog Locks the port log. Following an event, the port log locks to retain information about an event, preventing the information from being overwritten as the log becomes full. none Event triggers no action. -buffer value Specifies the buffer value for in range behavior. A buffer defines a zone within which event criteria are met, rather than a single threshold value.
  • Page 894 portThConfig -area area[,area]... | all Specifies the area. You can either specify one or more areas separated by a comma, or you can specify all to indicate all areas. -port port_list | all Specifies one or more ports or all ports. The port_list operand supports one of the following values: •...
  • Page 895 portThConfig To cancel the custom settings that have previously been saved nonpersistently: switch:admin> portthconfig --cancel ve-port -area util -action_level cust -thresh_level cust To display the port threshold configuration for all port types and areas: switch:admin> portthconfig --show PortType: E-port Area : CRC ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def...
  • Page 896 portThConfig Trigger : Below Action: None Default: TimeBase: Minute Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Default: Value : 100 Port persistence time = 18s Area : LR ThLevel : Def ActLevel: Def High Custom:...
  • Page 897 portThConfig Custom: TimeBase: Minute Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Default: TimeBase: Minute Value Trigger : Above Action: None Trigger : Below Action: None Buffer: Custom: Value : 100 Default: Value : 100 Port persistence time = 18s To pause and continue E_Port monitoring: switch:admin>...
  • Page 898 portThConfig To display current values for CRC errors for all E_Ports: switch:admin> portthconfig --show e-port -area CRC -current PortType |Area |PortNo|C# |Value |State |Monitoring ---------|-------|------|----|---------|-------|---------- E-port |CRC |000000|n/a |0 |Info |Continue E-port |CRC |000001|n/a |0 |Info |Continue E-port |CRC |000002|n/a |0 |Info |Continue E-port...

  • Page 899: Porttrunkarea

    portTrunkArea portTrunkArea Assigns or removes a trunk area (TA) from a port or port trunk group; displays masterless F_Port trunking configuration. SYNOPSIS porttrunkarea --enable [slot/]port1[-port2] -index port_index porttrunkarea --disable [slot/]port1[-port2] porttrunkarea --disable all porttrunkarea --show disabled | enabled | trunk | all porttrunkarea --show slot/port1[-port2] DESCRIPTION Use this command to assign a static trunk area (TA) on a port or port trunk group, to remove a TA from a...
  • Page 900 portTrunkArea The --show trunk option displays the following information: Trunk Index Displays the trunk index. ptA->ptB ptA indicates the local user port; ptB indicates the remote user port. Port speed in Gbps. Bandwidth The bandwidth (Rx, Tx, and the combined total for Tx+Rx) of the trunk group. Values are displayed as either bits per second (Bps), kilobits per second (Kbps), megabits per second (Mbps), or gigabits per second (Gbps), rounded down to the next integer.
  • Page 901 portTrunkArea • Ports included in a TA share the same port index. The original port index may be removed in the process. This means that D, I zones referring to these indices are no longer part of the switch. For details and workarounds, refer to the Fabric OS Administrator's Guide.
  • Page 902 portTrunkArea trunk Displays configuration details for the port trunk group, including user port, neighboring user port, and master port properties. enabled Displays configuration details for all ports included in a user assigned TA (all ports on which masterless F_Port trunking is enabled). disabled Displays configuration details for all ports not included in a user assigned TA (all ports on which masterless F_Port trunking is not enabled).
  • Page 903 portTrunkArea To display trunk details for a user assigned TA 25 that includes ports 24-25: switch:admin> porttrunkarea --show trunk Trunk Index 25->0 8.000G \ bw: 16.000G deskew 15 MASTER Tx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.63Gbps (11.84%) Rx: Bandwidth 16.00Gbps, Throughput 1.62Gbps (11.76%) Tx+Rx: Bandwidth 32.00Gbps, Throughput 3.24Gbps (11.80%) 24->1 8.000G bw:...

  • Page 904: Portzoneshow

    portZoneShow portZoneShow Displays the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. SYNOPSIS portzoneshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the enforced zone type of the F_Ports and FL_Ports of a switch. Output shows virtual port number (decimal), physical port number (decimal), online status, and if online, port type.

  • Page 905: Powerofflistset

    powerOffListSet powerOffListSet Sets the order in which slots are powered off. SYNOPSIS powerofflistset DESCRIPTION Use this command to Modify the order in which slots are powered off. This command displays the current order, and then prompts you interactively to confirm or modify the power-off position for each slot. Whenever a power supply goes out of service or a field-replaceable unit (FRU) RU is inserted, the system's available power is compared to the system's required power to determine if there is enough power to operate.
  • Page 906 powerOffListSet 6th slot to be powered off: (7..9) [8] 9 7th slot to be powered off: (7..8) [8] 8 8th slot to be powered off: (7..7) [7] 7 Old POL New POL Power Off Order ------------------------------------- Proceed to change the POL order? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y SEE ALSO chassisShow, powerOffListShow, psShow, slotPowerOff, slotPowerOn, slotShow...

  • Page 907: Powerofflistshow

    powerOffListShow powerOffListShow Displays the order in which slots are powered off. SYNOPSIS powerofflistshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the order in which the physical slots are powered off. Whenever a power supply goes out of service or a field-replaceable unit (FRU) is inserted, the system's available power is compared to the system's required power to determine if there is enough power to operate.
  • Page 908 powerOffListShow Slot 5 will be powered off 6th Slot 4 will be powered off 7th Slot 3 will be powered off 8th Slot 2 will be powered off 9th Slot 1 will be powered off 10th SEE ALSO chassisShow, powerOffListSet, psShow, slotPowerOff, slotPowerOn, slotShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 909: Psshow

    psShow psShow Displays power supply status. SYNOPSIS psshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current status of the switch power supplies. The status of each supply is displayed as: Power supply functioning correctly. absent Power supply not present. unknown Unknown power supply unit installed.

  • Page 910: Rasadmin

    rasAdmin rasAdmin Configures RASlog message generation. SYNOPSIS rasadmin --enable [-log MSG-ID] [-syslog MSG-ID] [-module MODULE-ID] rasadmin --disable [-log MSG-ID] [-syslog MSG-ID] [-module MODULE-ID] rasadmin --set -log MSG-ID -severity value rasadmin --show [-log MSG-ID] [-severity MSG-ID] [-module MODULE-ID] [-disabled] [-all] rasadmin --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable RASlog message logging for selected messages or groups of messages (modules), to change the default severity level for a specified message, and to display...
  • Page 911 rasAdmin --set -log MSG-ID Changes the default severity level of the specified message. -severity value Specifies a new severity level for the message. Valid values include INFO, WARNING ERROR CRITICAL, and DEFAULT. --show -disabled Displays all messages that have been disabled. --show -log MSG-ID Displays the logging status of the specified message.
  • Page 912 rasAdmin To display the status and configuration of messages that belong to the specified module: switch:admin> rasadmin --show module RM Message Status Default Severity Current Severity RM-1001 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1023 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1024 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1020 ENABLED INFO INFO RM-1021...

  • Page 913: Rasman

    rasMan rasMan Displays RASlog message text and documentation. SYNOPSIS rasman message_id rasman --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to display documentation for a specified RASlog message. The message is specified by its message ID. The command output is identical to the documentation provided in the Fabric OS Message Reference.
  • Page 914 rasMan has been deactivated. MESSAGE TYPE AUDIT CLASS FABRIC SEVERITY INFO PROBABLE CAUSE Indicates that the specified Admin Domain (AD) object been deactivated. RECOMMENDED ACTION Verify that the event was planned. If the event was planned, action required. If the event was not planned, take appropriate action as defined by your enterprise...

  • Page 915: Reboot

    reBoot reBoot Reboots the control processor (CP). SYNOPSIS reboot [-f] DESCRIPTION Use this command to perform a "cold reboot" (power off/restart) of the control processor. This operation may be disruptive, and the command prompts for confirmation before executing. When you reboot a switch connected to a fabric, all traffic to and from that switch stops.
  • Page 916 reBoot To reboot a CP on a DCX when HA is enabled: switch:admin> reboot Warning: This command is being run on a control processor (CP) based system and will cause the active CP to reboot. Are you sure you want to reboot the active CP [y/n]? y Broadcast message from root (pts/0) Sun Feb 28 19:49:45 2010...

  • Page 917: Roleconfig

    roleConfig roleConfig Manages user-defined roles. SYNOPSIS roleconfig --add role_name [-desc description] [-class rbac_class_list] [-perm permission] roleconfig --change role_name [-class rbac_class_list -perm permission [-desc description roleconfig --delete role_name [-force] roleconfig --copy new_role -role source_role roleconfig --show role_name | -all [default] roleconfig --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to create or modify user-defined roles, to define permissions for these roles based on role-based access control (RBAC) permissions and meta-object format (MOF) classes, and to display...
  • Page 918 roleConfig role_name Specifies the name for the role to be created or modified. The name must be unique; it is case-insensitive and can contain only alpha characters. The role name must be at least 4 characters long and cannot exceed 16 characters. The maximum number of user-defined roles allowed on a chassis is 256.
  • Page 919 roleConfig --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To create a role with Zoning and SecurityAdmnin permissions and OM access: switch:admin> roleconfig --add myzonesec \ -d "Zone and Security Admin" -c Security,zoning -p OM To change the access permissions of the previously created role and to display the results: switch:admin>...

  • Page 920: Routehelp

    routeHelp routeHelp Displays a list of FSPF-related commands. SYNOPSIS routehelp DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a list of fabric-shortest-path-first (FSPF)-related commands. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 921: Rtlogtrace

    rtLogTrace rtLogTrace Manages real-time trace logging. SYNOPSIS rtlogtrace --enable rtlogtrace --disable rtlogtrace --show rtlogtrace --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable or disable real-time trace logging and to indicate whether the feature is enabled or disabled. The RTLog facility captures the most recent hardware events and low-level software interrupts on Brocade DCX platforms in real time.

  • Page 922: Secactivesize

    secActiveSize secActiveSize Displays the size of the active security database. SYNOPSIS secactivesize DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the size of the active security database. The command also displays the maximum database size. For switches running Fabric OS v6.2.0 and later, the maximum security database size is 1 megabyte per logical switch.

  • Page 923: Secauthsecret

    secAuthSecret secAuthSecret Manages the DH-CHAP shared secret key information. SYNOPSIS secauthsecret --show secauthsecret --set secauthsecret --remove value | --all DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage the DH-CHAP shared secret key database used for authentication. This command displays, sets, and removes shared secret key information from the database or deletes the entire database.
  • Page 924 secAuthSecret To list the shared secret WWN in Access Gateway mode: switch:admin> secauthsecret --show Name --------------------------------------- 10:00:00:60:69:80:5b:e8 Unknown To set the shared secret: switch:admin> secAuthSecret --set This command sets up secret keys for the DH-CHAP authentication. The minimum length of a secret key is 8 characters and maximum 40 characters.

  • Page 925: Seccertutil

    secCertUtil secCertUtil Manages certificates on a switch. SYNOPSIS seccertutil seccertutil genkey [-nowarn] [-keysize 1024 | 2048] seccertutil delkey [-nowarn][-all] seccertutil gencsr [-country country code] [-state state] [-locality locality] [-org organization] [-orgunit organization unit] [-cn common name] seccertutil delcsr [-nowarn] seccertutil showcsr seccertutil generate [-fcapall | -commoncertall][-keysize 1024 | 2048] seccertutil delete [-ldapcacert certificate name | -fcapcacert | -fcapswcert | -fcapall | -commoncertall | certificate name] [-nowarn]...
  • Page 926 secCertUtil • Import or export a certificate. • Configure a SSL certificate file name. • Enable secure protocols. This command takes an action and associated arguments. If only an action is specified, this command prompts interactively for input values of the associated arguments. The command runs noninteractively when the arguments associated with a given action are specified on the command line.
  • Page 927 secCertUtil -locality locality Specifies the city. Provide the full name, for example, "San Jose". If the locality consists of multiple words, it must be enclosed in double quotes. -org organization Specifies the organization. Provide the full name, for example, Brocade. If the organization consists of multiple words, it must be enclosed in double quotes.
  • Page 928 secCertUtil -nowarn Deletes the specified file without confirmation. This operand is optional. export Exports a CSR to a host. This command is typically used to submit a CSR to the Certification Authority (CA) that issues the certificate. The following operands are optional;...
  • Page 929 secCertUtil -fcapcacert Imports an FCAP CA certificate. -config cacert Imports a CA certificate. -config swcert [-nowarn] Imports an SSL certificate. If -nowarn is specified, the SSL certificate import is blocked without warning if the certificate is invalid. If -nowarn is omitted, you are prompted for confirmation before importing an invalid switch certificate.
  • Page 930 secCertUtil EXAMPLES To generate a public/private key pair in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil genkey Generating a new key pair will automatically do the following: 1. Delete all existing CSRs. 2. Delete all existing certificates. 3. Reset the certificate filename to none. 4.
  • Page 931 secCertUtil To import an LDAP certificate from a remote host to the local switch in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil import -ldapcacert Select protocol [ftp or scp]: ftp Enter IP address: 195.168.38.206 Enter remote directory: /users/home/remote_certs Enter certificate name (must have ".crt",\ ".cer"...
  • Page 932 secCertUtil To import a PKI-based certificate with configure and enable option in noninteractive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil import -config swcert -enable https -protocol ftp -ipaddr 195.168.38.206 -remotedir /users/home/remote_certs -certname file.crt -login abcd -password passwd Success: imported certificate [file.crt]. Certificate file in configuration has been updated. Secure http has been enabled.
  • Page 933 secCertUtil To export an FCAP switch CSR in interactive mode: switch:admin> seccertutil export -fcapswcsr Select protocol [ftp or scp]: scp Enter IP address: 10.32.2.25 Enter remote directory: /users/myname/OPENSSL Enter Login Name: myname myname@10.32.2.25's password: Success: exported FCAP switch CSR To delete an LDAP CA certificate in interactive mode: switch:admin>...
  • Page 934 secCertUtil To display the content of the CSR one page at a time: switch:admin> seccertutil showcsr | more To display the contents of an FCAP SW certificate: switch:admin> seccertutil show -fcapswcert To display the contents of a PKI-based or LDAP CA certificate: switch:admin>...

  • Page 935: Secdefinesize

    secDefineSize secDefineSize Displays the size of the defined security database. SYNOPSIS secdefinesize DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the size of the defined security database. The command also displays the maximum database size. For switches running Fabric OS v6.2.0 and later, the maximum security database size is 1 Megabyte per logical switch.

  • Page 936: Secglobalshow

    secGlobalShow secGlobalShow Displays the current internal security state information. SYNOPSIS secglobalshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display security server-specific information as a snapshot of its current state. The output may include information about the following: • General security parameters • The latest zone transaction •...
  • Page 937 secGlobalShow Zone Size (include enabled configuration) 312 bytes Zone sum e04b215b sec_db: free primaryDLPhase 0 ----wwnDL State----- usec --------- LOG CACHE --------- 14:08:50 813905136 secipadm_ipchange receives notification 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange starts processing 14:08:50 850588912 secProcessIPChange acks completion (Output truncated) SEE ALSO secActiveSize, secDefineSize Fabric OS Command Reference...

  • Page 938: Sechelp

    secHelp secHelp Displays information about security commands. SYNOPSIS sechelp DESCRIPTION Use this command to display a list of security commands with a brief description of the commands. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 939: Secpolicyabort

    secPolicyAbort secPolicyAbort Aborts all unsaved changes to the defined database. SYNOPSIS secpolicyabort DESCRIPTION Use this command to abort all changes to the defined security database that have not been saved to flash memory and to abort changes to policy creation and modification operations from all the switches if a fabric-wide consistency policy is not set for the particular policy.

  • Page 940: Secpolicyactivate

    secPolicyActivate secPolicyActivate Saves and activates the Defined Security Policy Set. SYNOPSIS secpolicyactivate DESCRIPTION Use this command to activate the current defined security policy to all switches in the fabric. This activates the policy set on the local switch or all switches in the fabric depending on the fabric-wide consistency policy.

  • Page 941: Secpolicyadd

    secPolicyAdd secPolicyAdd Adds members to an existing security policy. SYNOPSIS secpolicyadd "name","member[;member...]" [-legacy] DESCRIPTION Use this command to add one or more members to an existing access policy. Each policy corresponds to a management method. The list of members of a policy acts as an access control list for that management method.
  • Page 942 secPolicyAdd OPERANDS This command has the following operands: "name" Specify the name of an existing policy to which you want to add members. Valid values for this operand include the following: • DCC_POLICY_nnn • FCS_POLICY • SCC_POLICY The specified policy name must be capitalized. The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user-defined characters.
  • Page 943 secPolicyAdd To add two devices to attach to domain 3, ports 1 and 3, in an existing empty DCC policy; the port WWN of the first device is 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:aa and port WWN of the second device is 11:22:33:44:55:66:77:bb: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicyadd "DCC_POLICY_abc", \ "11:22:33:44:55:66:77:aa;11:22:33:44:55:66:77:bb;3(1,3)"...

  • Page 944: Secpolicycreate

    secPolicyCreate secPolicyCreate Creates a new security policy. SYNOPSIS secpolicycreate "name" [, "member[;member...]"] [-legacy] DESCRIPTION Use this command to create a new policy and to edit Switch Connection Control (SCC), Device Connection Control (DCC), and Fabric Configuration Server (FCS) policies on the local switch. All policies can be created only once, except for the DCC_POLICY_nnn.
  • Page 945 secPolicyCreate The specified policy name must be capitalized. The DCC_POLICY_nnn name has the common prefix DCC_POLICY_ followed by a string of user-defined characters. These characters do not have to be capitalized like regular policy names. Valid values for DCC_POLICY_nnn are user-defined alphanumeric or underscore characters.
  • Page 946 secPolicyCreate EXAMPLES To create an FCS policy (While creating the FCS policy, the local switch WWN is automatically included in the list. Switches included in the FCS list are FCS switches and the remaining switches in the fabric are non-FCS switches. Out of the FCS list, the switch that is in the first position becomes the Primary FCS switch and the remaining switches become backup FCS switches.
  • Page 947 secPolicyCreate _______________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET SCC_POLICY DId swName ------------------------------------ 10:00:00:05:1e:a1:ef:b9 2 sw0 10:00:00:05:1e:a3:00:59 5 sw0 10:00:00:05:1e:a2:f9:09 3 sw0 SEE ALSO fddCfg, distribute, secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyDelete, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave, secStatsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 948: Secpolicydelete

    secPolicyDelete secPolicyDelete Deletes an existing security policy. SYNOPSIS secpolicydelete name DESCRIPTION Use this command to delete an existing security policy from the defined security database. Run secPolicyActivate to delete the policies from the active security policy list. Deleting a security policy does not cause any traffic disruption.
  • Page 949 secPolicyDelete To delete all stale DCC policies in the fabric: primaryfcs:admin> secpolicydelete ALL_STALE_DCC_POLICY About to clear all STALE DCC policies ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y SEE ALSO secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave, secPolicyShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 950: Secpolicydump

    secPolicyDump secPolicyDump Displays the members of one or all existing security policies. SYNOPSIS secpolicydump ["listtype"][,"name"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display, without page breaks, the members of an existing policy in the active and defined (saved) databases. When issued without operands, this command displays the members of all security policies.
  • Page 951 secPolicyDump To display all security policies in the active database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "active" ____________________________________________________ ACTIVE POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Primary WWN DId swName -------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown SCC_POLICY DId swName -------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown DCC_POLICY_h1 Type DId swName --------------------------------------------------...
  • Page 952 secPolicyDump To display the SCC policies in the defined database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Defined","SCC_POLICY" _________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET SCC_POLICY DId swName ------------------------------------------------ 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 3 NeptuneSec 10:00:00:05:1e:90:09:4a - Unknown To display the SCC policies in the active database: switch:admin> secpolicydump "Active","SCC_POLICY" __________________________________________________ ACTIVE POLICY SET SCC_POLICY DId swName...

  • Page 953: Secpolicyfcsmove

    secPolicyFCSMove secPolicyFCSMove Moves a member in the FCS policy. SYNOPSIS secpolicyfcsmove [from, to] DESCRIPTION Use this command to move an FCS member from one position to another position in the FCS list. Only one FCS can be moved at a time. The first FCS switch in the list that is also present in the fabric is the Primary FCS.
  • Page 954 secPolicyFCSMove 10:00:00:05:1e:35:cd:ef 200 switch3 switch:admin> secpolicyfcsmove 3,1 ____________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY SET FCS_POLICY Primary WWN DId swName ------------------------------------------------- 10:00:00:05:1e:35:cd:ef 200 switch3 10:00:00:05:1e:39:5f:67 2 switch1 10:00:00:05:1e:04:ef:0e 4 switch2 switch:admin> secpolicyactivate About to overwrite the current Active Policy Set. ARE YOU SURE (yes, y, no, n): [no] y secpolicyactivate command was completed successfully.

  • Page 955: Secpolicyremove

    secPolicyRemove secPolicyRemove Removes members from an existing security policy. SYNOPSIS secpolicyremove "name" ,"member[;member...]" DESCRIPTION Use this command to remove one or more members from an existing security policy. It is not possible to remove all members from the FCS_POLICY; the local switch WWN cannot be deleted from the FCS policy.
  • Page 956 secPolicyRemove Selects all ports on the switch. [3, 9] Selects ports 3 and 9 and all devices attached to those ports. [1-3, 5] Selects ports 1 through 3 and 5 and all devices attached to those ports. Selects all ports on the switch and devices currently attached to those ports. EXAMPLES To remove a member that has a WWN of 12:24:45:10:0a:67:00:40 from SCC policy: switch:admin>...

  • Page 957: Secpolicysave

    secPolicySave secPolicySave Saves a defined security policy to persistent memory. SYNOPSIS secpolicysave DESCRIPTION Use this command to save a defined security policy to persistent memory. SecPolicySave saves the modified SCC, DCC, and FCS policies to the Defined Security Policy Set on the local switch. NOTES This command is always a local switch operation.

  • Page 958: Secpolicyshow

    secPolicyShow secPolicyShow Displays an existing security policy including the FCS policy. SYNOPSIS secpolicyshow ["policy_set"[", name"]] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the members of an existing policy in the Active or Defined security policy set. The command can be issued from all FCS switches. This command displays the policy database one page at a time.
  • Page 959 secPolicyShow To display all security policies from defined databases: switch:admin> secpolicyshow "defined" __________________________________________________ DEFINED POLICY FCS_POLICY Primary WWN DId swName __________________________________________________ 10:00:00:60:69:30:15:5c 1 primaryfcs 10:00:00:60:69:30:1e:62 4 switch ___________________________________________________ SEE ALSO fddCfg, secPolicyAbort, secPolicyActivate, secPolicyAdd, secPolicyCreate, secPolicyDelete, secPolicyDump, secPolicyRemove, secPolicySave Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 960: Secstatsreset

    secStatsReset secStatsReset Resets one or all security statistics to 0. SYNOPSIS secstatsreset [name][,"domain[;domain]"] DESCRIPTION Use this command to reset one or all security statistics to 0. This command can be issued on any switch to reset the security statistics on the local switch or chassis. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsReset is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can reset security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
  • Page 961 secStatsReset To reset DCC_POLICY statistics on domains 1 and 69: primaryfcs:admin> secstatsreset DCC_POLICY, "1;69" Reset DCC_POLICY statistic. SEE ALSO secStatsShow Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 962: Secstatsshow

    secStatsShow secStatsShow Displays one or all security statistics. SYNOPSIS secstatsshow [name[,"domain[;domain]"]] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display one or all security statistics. This command can be issued on any switch to display local security statistics. If an FCS policy is enabled and secStatsShow is issued on the primary FCS switch, this command can retrieve and display the security statistics for any or all switches in the fabric.
  • Page 963 secStatsShow EXAMPLES To display the LOGIN policy statistics for the local domain. switch:admin> secstatsshow LOGIN Fabric Statistics: Domain 1: Name Value ========================================= LOGIN To display statistic information for TELNET_POLICY for all switches in the fabric from the primary FCS switch. primaryfsc:admin>...

  • Page 964: Sensorshow

    sensorShow sensorShow Displays sensor readings. SYNOPSIS sensorshow DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current temperature, fan, and power supply status and readings from sensors located on the switch. The actual location of the sensors varies, depending on the switch type. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 965: Serdestunemode

    serDesTuneMode serDesTuneMode Configures and displays SerDes tuning values. SYNOPSIS serdestunemode --set serdestunemode --reset serdestunemode --show serdestunemode --autoenable serdestunemode --autodisable serdestunemode --autoreset serdestunemode --autoshow serdestunemode --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to configure and display SerDes tuning values on the Brocade FC8-16 blade and to control tuning optimization of backend links for all Brocade FC8-xx blades.
  • Page 966 serDesTuneMode --reset Disables SerDes tuning mode and resets SerDes values to default on FC8-16 blades in slots 1, 2 and 7 and on peer ports in the CR4S-8 core blade. --show Indicates whether the SerDes tuning mode is enabled or disabled. --autoenable Enables SerDes tuning optimization on all backend ports.
  • Page 967 serDesTuneMode To disable SerDes tuning optimization on all backend ports and reset all tuning values to their default values: switch:admin> serdestunemode --autoreset AutoTune Resetting Default Tuning On Next Poll switch:admin> serdestunemode --show Autotunemode is in reset state SEE ALSO None Fabric OS Command Reference 53-1002746-01...

  • Page 968: Setcontext

    setContext setContext Sets the logical switch context to a specified FID. SYNOPSIS setcontext [FID | switchname] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the logical switch context to a specified fabric ID (FID) or unique switch name. The FID uniquely defines a partition as a logical switch. Use lscfg --show -cfg to display currently configured partitions and their FIDs.

  • Page 969: Setdbg

    setDbg setDbg Sets the debug level of the specified module. SYNOPSIS setdbg [module_name][level] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the debug level of a specified module. Debug levels filter the display of debug messages to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. High debug level values can generate a large volume of messages, degrading the system response time.

  • Page 970: Setverbose

    setVerbose setVerbose Specifies module verbose level. SYNOPSIS setverbose [module_name][level] DESCRIPTION Use this command to set the verbose level of the specified module. These levels filter the display of the debug message to the serial console. By default, no debug messages are displayed. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 971: Sfpshow

    sfpShow sfpShow Displays Small Form-factor Pluggable (SFP) transceiver information. SYNOPSIS sfpshow sfpshow [slot/]geport [ -f] sfpshow -all sfpshow -health DESCRIPTION Use this command to display information about Serial Identification SFPs, also known as module definition "4" SFPs. These SFPs provide extended information that describes the SFP capabilities, interfaces, manufacturer, and other information.
  • Page 972 sfpShow Refreshes the SFP information. This option is valid only when sfpShow is issued for a specific port. -all Displays detailed data for all available SFPs on the switch. This operand is not compatible with slot/port operands. -health Displays SFP health status information from Fabric Watch for 10 Gbps and 16 Gbps SFPs and for 1 6Gbps QSFPs (Quad SFPs).
  • Page 973 sfpShow Slot 2/Port 9: id Slot 2/Port 10: id Slot 2/Port 11: id Slot 2/Port 12: id Slot 2/Port 13: id Slot 2/Port 14: id Slot 2/Port 15: id Slot 3/Port 0: id (sw) Vendor: BROCADE \ Serial No: HAA110491000HJ2 Speed: 4,8,16_Gbps Health: Green Slot 3/Port...
  • Page 974 sfpShow RX Power: -4.0 dBm (402.0uW) 10.0 uW 1258.9 uW 15.8 1000.0 uW TX Power: -3.1 dBm (492.7 uW)125.9 1000.0 uW 158.5 794.3 State transitions: 2 Last poll time: 02-03-2012 UTC Fri 07:36:05 To display SFP information when a new SFP is inserted in a disabled port: switch:user>...
  • Page 975 sfpShow Connector: MPO Parallel Optic Transceiver: 0000000000000000 16_Gbps Encoding: 64B66B Baud Rate: (units 100 megabaud) Length 9u: (units km) Length 50u: (units 2 meters) Length 62.5u:0 (units 1 meter) Length Cu: (units 1 meter) Vendor Name: BROCADE Vendor OUI: 00:05:1e Vendor PN: 57-0000090-01 Vendor Rev:...
  • Page 976 sfpShow Length 50u: (units 10 meters) Length 62.5u:3 (units 10 meters) Length Cu: (units 1 meter) Vendor Name: BROCADE Vendor OUI: 00:05:21 Vendor PN: 57-1000046-01 Vendor Rev: Wavelength: (units nm) Options: 001a Loss_of_Sig,Tx_Fault,Tx_Disable BR Max: BR Min: Serial No: UYA109301009212 Date Code: 090723 DD Type:...

  • Page 977: Shellflowcontroldisable

    shellFlowControlDisable shellFlowControlDisable Disables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. SYNOPSIS shellflowcontroldisable DESCRIPTION Use this command to disable XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port.

  • Page 978: Shellflowcontrolenable

    shellFlowControlEnable shellFlowControlEnable Enables XON/XOFF flow control on the console serial port. SYNOPSIS shellflowcontrolenable DESCRIPTION Use this command to enable XON/XOFF flow control to the shell task. Flow control is disabled by default. Because this command changes the flow control on the console serial port, it must be executed from a session that is logged in from the console serial port.

  • Page 979: Slotpoweroff

    slotPowerOff slotPowerOff Removes power from a slot. SYNOPSIS slotpoweroff slot DESCRIPTION Use this command to turn off the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be of a type that can be powered off. NOTES The execution of this command is subject to Virtual Fabric or Admin Domain restrictions that may be in place.

  • Page 980: Slotpoweron

    slotPowerOn slotPowerOn Restores power to a slot. SYNOPSIS slotpoweron slot DESCRIPTION Use this command to turn on the power to a blade unit. The slot must have a valid blade unit present and the blade unit must be currently powered off. The slotShow command reports such slots as being in the state of INSERTED, NOT POWERED ON.

  • Page 981: Slotshow

    slotShow slotShow Displays the status of all slots in the system. SYNOPSIS slotshow [-m] [-p] DESCRIPTION Use this command to display the current status of each slot in the system. Depending on the option used, the command retrieves information on blade type, blade ID, status, Brocade model name, and power usage for each slot in the switch or chassis.
  • Page 982 slotShow CR4S-8 core blade CP8 control processor blade FC8-48 switch blade Core8 core blade FC8-32 switch blade FCoE10-24 application processor blade FX8-24 application processor blade FC8-64 switch blade FC16-48 switch blade FC16-32 switch blade CR16-8 core blade CR16-4 core blade FC8-32E switch blade FC8-48E switch blade Status...
  • Page 983 slotShow DISABLED The blade is powered on but disabled. FAULTY The blade is faulty because an error was detected. A fault code of 53 may also indicate the possibility of a rolling reboot detection (RRD) on the specified blade. In the case of an RRD, investigate and correct the cause, then reboot the control processor (CP) to recover the blade.
  • Page 984 slotShow To display the Brocade model name for each blade on a Brocade DCX 8510-8: switch:user> slotshow -m Slot Blade Type Status ------------------------------------------------- SW BLADE FC16-32 ENABLED SW BLADE FC16-48 ENABLED SW BLADE FC16-32 ENABLED SW BLADE FC16-48 ENABLED CORE BLADE CR16-8 ENABLED CP BLADE...
  • Page 985 slotShow To display power consumption information on a Brocade DCX 8510-4: switch:user> slotshow -p Slot Blade Type DC Power Status Consumption ------------------------------------------------- UNKNOWN VACANT SW BLADE ENABLED CORE BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED CP BLADE ENABLED CORE BLADE ENABLED UNKNOWN VACANT AP BLADE ENABLED...

  • Page 986: Snmpconfig

    snmpConfig snmpConfig Manages the SNMP agent configuration. SYNOPSIS snmpConfig --show | --set | --default | --enable | --disable [snmpv1 | snmpv3 | | mibCapability | systemGroup | seclevel] snmpConfig --set mibCapability [-mib_name mib_name [-bitmask bit_mask]] snmpConfig --enable | --disable mibCapability -mib_name mib_name [-trap_name trap_name] snmpConfig --enable | --disable snmpv1 snmpConfig --help...
  • Page 987 snmpConfig --set Sets the SNMP agent configuration data of the specified category. This operand displays the current settings and then prompts you to change the values for each parameter. --default Sets the SNMP agent configuration data for a specified item to the default values. Generally, these default values may be available in the configuration database.
  • Page 988 snmpConfig SNMPv1 Configuration Parameters The agent supports six communities and their associated trap recipients and trap recipient severity levels. The first three communities are for read-write (rw) access and the last three are for read-only (ro) access. The default value for the trap recipient of each community is 0.0.0.0. The length of the community string should be in the range of 2 to 16 characters.
  • Page 989 snmpConfig • User 5: snmpuser2 • User 6: snmpuser3 The --default option sets the user name and password to default. If an FCS policy is enabled, the configuration must be updated on the primary switch and the nonprimary switches; unlike community strings, user names and passwords are not distributed for other switches in the fabric.
  • Page 990 snmpConfig ____________________________________________________ FA-MIB Enabled connUnitStatusChange(1) Enabled connUnitAddedTrap (2) Enabled connUnitDeletedTrap (3) Enabled connUnitEventTrap (4) 0x10 Enabled connUnitSensorStatusChange(5) 0x20 Enabled connUnitPortStatusChange (6) 0x40 Enabled ____________________________________________________ FICON-MIB Enabled linkRNIDDeviceRegistration (1) Enabled linkRNIDDevicedeRegistration(2) 0x4 Enabled linkLIRRListenerAdded (3) Enabled linkLIRRListenerRemoved (4) 0x10 Enabled linkRLIRFailureIncident (5) 0x20 Enabled ____________________________________________________...
  • Page 991 snmpConfig Warning Informational -mib_name mib_name Specifies the name of the MIB to be configured. This operand is required if you want to configure MIB traps noninteractively. Valid MIB names include the following. • FE-MIB • SW-MIB • FA-MIB • FICON-MIB •...
  • Page 992 snmpConfig SNMP GET security level Specifies security level for all SNMP GET requests. SNMP SET security level Specifies security level for SNMP SET requests only. Values include the following: No security. Authentication only. Authentication and Privacy. EXAMPLES To display the SNMPv1 configuration: switch:admin>...
  • Page 993 snmpConfig To set the access control configuration: switch:admin> snmpconfig --set accessControl SNMP access list configuration: Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] 192.168.0.0 Read/Write? (true, t, false, f): [true] Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] 10.32.148.0 Read/Write? (true, t, false, f): [true] f Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] Read/Write? (true, t, false, f): [true] Access host subnet area in dot notation: [0.0.0.0] 10.33.0.0...
  • Page 994 snmpConfig swPmgrEventTrap: NO swFabricReconfigTrap: NO swFabricSegmentTrap: NO swExtTrap: NO [...] To enable the SW-MIB MIB only without changing the current trap configuration: switch:admin> snmpconfig --enable mibCapability -mib_name SW-MIB Operation succeeded switch:admin> snmpconfig --show mibCapability [...] SW-TRAP: YES swFault: NO swSensorScn: NO swFCPortScn: NO swEventTrap: YES DesiredSeverity:4...
  • Page 995 snmpConfig To display the configuration for all MIBs and associated traps: switch:admin> snmpconfig --show mibCapability FE-MIB: YES SW-MIB: YES FA-MIB: YES FICON-MIB: YES HA-MIB: YES FCIP-MIB: YES ISCSI-MIB: YES IF-MIB: YES BD-MIB: YES SW-TRAP: NO swFault: NO swSensorScn: NO swFCPortScn: NO swEventTrap: NO DesiredSeverity:None swFabricWatchTrap: NO...
  • Page 996 snmpConfig To restore the systemGroup configuration to default values: switch:admin> snmpconfig --default systemGroup ***** This command will reset the agent's system group configuration back to factory default ***** sysDescr = Fibre Channel Switch sysLocation = End User Premise sysContact = Field Support authTraps = 0 (OFF) ***** Are you sure? (yes, y, no, n): [no] y...
  • Page 997 snmpConfig Trap Entry 2: 10.35.52.34 Trap Port: 162 Trap User: snmpadmin2 Trap recipient Severity level: 5 Trap Entry 3: No trap recipient configured yet Trap Entry 4: No trap recipient configured yet Trap Entry 5: No trap recipient configured yet Trap Entry 6: No trap recipient configured yet To enable inform requests to be sent instead of trap requests:...
  • Page 998 snmpConfig To block access to SNMPv1/2c switch:admin> snmpconfig --disable snmpv1 switch:admin> snmpconfig --show SNMPv1 community and trap recipient configuration: Community 1: ram (rw) Trap recipient: 172.26.4.84 Trap port: 162 Trap recipient Severity level: 5 Community 2: OrigEquipMfr (rw) No trap recipient configured yet Community 3: private (rw) No trap recipient configured yet Community 4: public (ro)

  • Page 999: Snmptraps

    snmpTraps snmpTraps Sends or displays SNMP traps. SYNOPSIS snmptraps --send [-trap_name trap_name] [-ip_address ip_address] snmptraps --show [port] snmptraps --block -port [slot]port | ALL snmptraps --unblock -port [slot]port | ALL snmptraps --help DESCRIPTION Use this command to manage specific Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) traps. Use the --send option to send a specific SNMP trap to a recipient indicated by its IP address.
  • Page 1000 snmpTraps --help Displays the command usage. EXAMPLES To send all traps to the configured recipients: switch:admin> snmpTraps --send Number of traps sent : 27 To send a bottleneck detection trap to recipient 172.16.0.12 switch:admin> snmptraps --send -trap_name \ bd-trap-ip_address 172.16.0.12. Number of traps sent : 1 To display the traps and MIBs supported in Fabric OS: switch:admin>...

This manual is also suitable for:

Fabric os v7.1.0

Table of Contents